Catalogue of Australian mammals, with introductory notes on general mammalogy

ei aileatal
Omit

iF}
ty abatater ely

insults

ei taaslatela}

para)riaiwiel se

? wi

Pity taleiee

ay
Mahal

4 ,
iit Welty
ae

Maile)

‘ at «

Vr

telat

Mahe
ene

4
sPiseiny tid

iy
snes i

sg ar
tefl

tis" 4 atta
tien
hte
r SN a4)

ae

atte bitte
cia}

np *y?
ieee te batt 4h TESthts
agers AR rately

4 HI atdtes ae,

aE FoR {
tf tat * ae
fra taeateltane itt ant
shetty
4 ite
eeley aie iy
Athy een
Bytes! ene. a dieyretith!
A . Hity

Pee ty
ik basal ye! tiny ,

a mye y

ie | Hh

eile}

é m . ‘ \,
eA Puy paige
/ ' i

/ 2) ie

eid
Pare La a)

. tae 1 aie
(kl ee b a :

Pattee ris
os tu
#5 ” ie

f yeh
ay Aidt itn ty
ie 4¥4
EHR Pen

yt lbh ahah hye

4 byt 4 +

eG ‘
~

ine
er st tnbs ry
‘ Ment te
ahaa
ait} ebay

ices
Pain oi? Sy ieate
i Ly pipe
ui 4 ” Ais bat et

sage can hid
PU tth

il
peril
:
ey Bary ay
Byite

Ped

* i yt
But OU Terai sie fy! ah i oe
i ryt ’

eet 4

mea .

es “a

AUSTRALIAN MUSEUM, SYDNEY
CATALOGUE No. 16.

CATALOGUE

AUSTRALIAN MAMMALS

GENERAL MAMMALOGY

J. DOUGLAS OGIDEY,

Fellow of the Linnean Society of London.

PRINTED BY ORDER OF TIE TRUSTEES.
E. P. RAMSAY, F.R.S.E., Curator.

WITH INTRODUCTORY NOTES
1892.

Foo ER RE a SERN ORE Re PP re lS Se ee
eS es a

| ne

F. W. WHITH, PRINTER, MARKET SPRRET WEST.,

733.
AG3X

Momeon.

Oo ee MUSEUM, SYDNEY,
CATALOGUE No. 16.

CATALOGUE

—

OF

AUSTRALIAN MAMMALS

Z

WITH INTRODUCTORY NOTES a

ON

Fellow of the Linnean Society of London.

PRINTED BY ORDER OF THE TRUSTEES.
E. P. RAMSAY, F.R.S.E., Curator.

1892.

<9 Timid

ailawal

‘ Ye
“aL i a

A ue

i ra
) ierret May | 1 nn ;

: ‘i eae 5

Juin ene tape é rs ae
; A >.
py MeetAly ty pei:

AB).

PREFACE.

Mr. J. Dovetas Ocitey having been engaged by the Trustees
of the Australian Museum to prepare a Catalogue of the Aus-
tralian Mammals, the work now issued is the result. It contains
careful descriptions of all known Mammals indigenous to Australia,
with notes also on allied fossil forms, compiled from various sources
of which the author gives due acknowledgment in his Introduction.
Nearly all the species are represented by one or more specimens
in the Museum, and those which are not so are indicated by an
asterisk placed against their names in the Index. Mr. Ogilby has
found it necessary to alter many of the generally recognised names,
for reasons which he gives in each case, consequently some of
the specimens exhibited in the Museum may not bear the same
designation as in the Catalogue. These differences will, however,

‘be remedied on the labels as speedily as possible.

E. P. Ramsay.
December, 1892.

Oa Seep iy ES

PAGE
Introduction ove See ree ae ar Ae we Sena ua
General Introduction to Mammals __... ies cae iss sea Pie
Prototheria ...
Metatheria ... wis 60: Aue ive Soc bo on nee 4

EKutheria ... sec a sb aD Sab ae ae aa 00)
Sirenia a ace ste See ee acs Ses ne soar (Os
Cetacea ace oye 56 ne 36 sec ids Boe ween om
Chiroptera ... a eae és 5.6 ae MiG sae een
Rodentia ... 506 aes ies eee 56C as wae ago. GE
Carnivora ... ses wee ae ae S0C sae ae bo UP
Index sce bk aoe coe S06 sce Sc siee amlok

Bist OF WOOD cu TS.

FIG. PAGE
1. Lower jaw of Dasyurus viverrinus ... SoC b6t nee ny LG
2. Side view of skull of Phascolarctos cinereus es ocr Aer At,
8. Side view of skull of Bettongia gaimardi ... ace Pas per ee
4, Under surface of skull of Hydromys chrysogaster, showing palate

and dentition ; 4a. Upper molars enlarged ; 4b. Side view
of same ... Bac aes 0 ee sec boc aoe LO

5. Side view of skull of same ... oes ree Bee ee sae LOL

6. Lower jaw of same... re oie Ges eed oa ee 101

eine

Pe ae

ront-ctet “ie
PB i
utens
Nyaa

Lina Na -)
Lal egty
rit Sinn UA
bak

Pte

[2

ery Tt

= heh a Rt rene
gh, Dak st rg ih

uM Rb Ms oe be BS
iat Coy Boroaeeets «ssionasoaite (tad bene’

Bae

Die AN ane La tier nigavic eel os Live api

YS: aCe OEE Bert wiht?! by: cine Na
Lan, sehen gin ae Ar | mee: we

; ‘f ; ie Ni nt, a ‘a aie St bl

INTRODUCTION.

’ Tue “Handlist,” here submitted to the public, has been compiled
more for the use of students and collectors than for scientists, for
whom it contains little that is new or of special interest ; but it
is believed that it will prove helpful, to the student in his earlier
endeavors to unravel the mysteries of Nature, and to the collector
that it may enable him, round his camp fire in the evening, to
determine the specimens which he has obtained during the day.
There are, however, besides the student and the collector, scattered
over the length and breadth of these Colonies hundreds of educated
men, chiefly of the medical profession, who, with all the thirst for
research which the study of that profession necessarily engenders,
are unable, except at rare intervals, to consult the numerous
works which are now indispensable to its comprehension ; to
these also it is hoped that these pages will prove of assistance by
bringing, in however imperfect a manner, the history of Australian
Mammalogy up to date, and thus supplying a much needed want.
To all I trust that the short introductory notice on mammalian
Osteology may be of value, but especially to collectors, on whom
the author would wish to impress the imperative necessity of
conserving the skeletons, even to the very smallest bone—those
of the wrist and the ankle, and the so-called “ marsupial bones”
should be specially looked after—of all Mammals obtained.

To all, again and again, I must impress the fact that, however

beautiful or strange the outside covering of the body may be,
_ the skeleton is of infinitely more value to science; and not to the
mammalogist alone but to everyone who sincerely endeavors to com-
prehend the relationship between the various Families, Orders, and
Classes of living creatures with which our earth is peopled.

Since the publication of Mr. Gerard Krefft’s “Australian Verte-
brata—Fossil and Recent,” published in the Catalogue Nat.
Industrial Prods. N.S. Wales (1877), no work dealing systemati-
cally with Australian Mammalogy as a whole has been attempted.
In Mr. Krefft’s list 174 recent species are catalogued as against

viii.

209 species and 8 well marked varieties in the present list, but
several of those entered in the former list as good species, or at
least as good species with a query, are here treated as varieties
or synonyms of other species.

Tf this little work should in any degree draw the attention of
some at least of those who are fortunate enough to live in the
country districts, to the extraordinary richness and the marvellous
forms of mammalian life, of which the land of their birth or their
adoption is the home, the author’s aspirations will have been
amply fulfilled.

With two of the Orders of the Eutherian Mammals, the CeracEa
and the Ropent1A, the want of material and of works of reference,
and, more especially among the J/uride, the multiplication of
species and the number of species insufficiently described, have
made the task exceptionally difficult, and the author, therefore,
trusts that any shortcomings in these Orders will be leniently
dealt with.

The work has been compiled from various sources, the chief
of which are the British Museum Catalogues of Messrs. Thomas,
Dobson, and Gray, the different articles relating to Mammals in
the Encyclopedia Britannica, especially that under the heading
“MamMALIA” by Professor Flower; but numerous other works
and papers by the same authors, as well as by Owen, Huxley,
Mivart, Allen, Scott, Stirling, and others have been consulted
and freely drawn from.

In conclusion, I have to tender my best thanks to many
friends, in Zoology chiefly to Dr. Ramsay, and in Paleontology
to Mr. R. Etheridge, Junr., for valuable hints received and
acted on.

J. Douauas OGILBY.

Class_-MAMMALIA.

GENERAL INTRODUCTION.

Mammals are the most highly organized forms of vertebrate
animals, and may conveniently be defined as follows :—

Warm-blooded animals, having the heart divided into four
cavities, two auricles and two ventricles, and with a complete
double circulation ; having the lungs separated from the abdomen
by a complete muscular partition, termed the diaphragm ; having
the skin more or less clothed with hair in its different modifi-
cations; and with the young produced alive (except in the case
of the very few aberrant forms, which constitute the Monotremes
or PRoToTHERIA, see p. 1), and nourished for some time after
birth by means of the mammary glands with which the female is
provided.

Limbs.—In the majority of Mammals the two pairs of limbs are
well developed, and specially adapted for progression on the surface
of the earth, but they are, in many cases modified to suit the re-
quirements of the particular mode of life to which each individual
genus has become habituated. For instance :—in some the fore
limbs are specially formed for burrowing, as in the Wombat and
Mole ; in others for climbing, as in the Opossums and Monkeys ;
in others for flying, as in the Bats; and in others again for
swimming, as in the Seals and Whales, in which case the hind
limbs are rudimentary or more often entirely suppressed.

Tail.—Most Mammals are provided with a tail, which, however,
may be rudimentary, and therefore functionless, as is the case
with the Koala, the Ape, the Deer, and many other genera ;
prehensile, or formed for grasping, as with the American Opossums,
the Cuscus, and certain families of Monkeys ; or fluke-like and so
formed for rapid motion through water, as with the Whales and
Dolphins.

TEGUMENTARY STRUCTURES.

Epidermis.—Almost all Mammals are clothed, and in the
majority of cases thickly clothed, with a peculiarly modified
form of the outer skin, or epiderm, variously known as hair, fur,
wool, etc., which has its root at the bottom of a cavity in the
derm or true skin. This substance assumes various forms, and
is of various sizes and degrees of rigidity, from the soft fur of
our Flying Squirrels to the spines of the Echidnas. The obvious
purpose of this covering is to protect the skin against external
influences, such as cold and damp, and in some cases against the

x.

attacks of enemies. On the Pangolins (Manide) of Africa and
southern Asia alone, true imbricated scales, for the protection of
the body, are present; between which, however, isolated hairs
occur. Similarly imbricated epidermal productions are also found
on the tails of many Rodents, such as the Beaver and the Rat ;
of some Insectivores, such as Myogale ; and of some Marsupials,
such as the Didelphyide ; among these Groups, however, these
scales are frequently confined to the under surface of the tail.
Only the Armadillos of South America possess a true bony exo-
skeleton (somewhat similar to that of the Tortoises), which is
covered with scutes of horny epiderm, and which is eminently
fitted for defence against all ordinary enemies. The horns of the
Ruminants and Rhinoceroses are also modified forms of epidermis,
as also are nails, claws, and hoofs, and the perforated spur of the
Monotremes.

DENTAL SYSTEM.

Dentition.—In all mammals, except the Narwhal, the teeth of
the opposite sides of each jaw are alike in number and character.
There are two distinct forms of dentition, the Homodont and the
Heterodont ; the former, of which the Dolphins are the best
exemplars, being, as its name implies, the more simple; in these
the crowns are single-pointed and slightly curved, the roots also
single and tapering, and all of similar formation, those in the
middle of the series being, however, as a rule longer than those at
either extremity. In the Heterodont dentition, on the contrary,
the teeth are of different forms; the front teeth, or Incisors, are
simple and one-rooted, and are adapted for cutting and seizing,
while the back teeth, or Molars, have tuberculated or ridged
crowns, are supported by two or more roots, and are specially
formed for crushing and grinding the food ; between these two
series there is frequently a longer and more sharply pointed tooth,
popularly known as the “‘eye-tooth,” and technically—on aceount
of its having attained to its highest development in the Wolves and
their allies (Canide )—termed the Canine. By a similar process
of development, though under widely different circumstances, the
Marsupial Wolf or Tiger of Tasmania (Thylacinus/ has arrived at
a precisely similar tooth ; the use of the canines is principally
the tearing of the flesh of their victims and the holding of struggling
prey. The molariform series is divisible into two parts, such of the
posterior teeth as are without milk-predecessors being termed
* Molars,” such as have milk-predecessors ‘“ Premolars.” In the
Eutherian Mammals this series is generally constituted of four
premolars and three molars, with a milk dentition normally con-
sisting of three, the last premolar having invariably a predecessor ;
but among the Marsupials this order is reversed in the permanent
teeth, the number of premolars being one less and of molars one
more, while the milk dentition, if present, is limited to a single

xi.

tooth on either side of each jaw, which is the predecessor of the
third and last pre-molar. Only in the Anteaters (Myrmeco-
phagide ), the Pangolins (Manidw), and the Echidna, are teeth
entirely absent at al/ stages of growth.

SKELETON.

Skeleton.—The skeleton may be briefly defined as that portion
- of the body of vertebrate animals which forms the framework on
which the muscles are supported. In the adult state the
greater part of this framework consists of osseous tissue, or bone,
the remainder being cartilage. Bone is mainly built up on a
gelatinous basis, strongly impregnated with salts of lime, chiefly
phosphate. After the teeth, the bones are the most imperishable
of al] the organs of the body, and are, therefore, of great value in
affording reliable means of affixing the aftinities of extinct with
recent forms. The skeleton is divided into two parts, the axial,
consisting of the skull and vertebral column, and the appendicular,
pertaining to the limbs.

Skull.—In the skull, or cranium, of adult Mammals, all the
bones, with the exceptions of the lower jaw, the auditory ossicles,
and the bones of the hyoid arch, are immovably articulated
together. The cranium, thus formed of numerous originally
independent ossifications, consists of a brain-case for the enclosure
and protection of that organ, and a face for the support of the
organs of sight, smell, taste, mastication, defence, and offence.
The brain-case articulates directly with the first cervical vertebra
by means of a pair of oval prominences, called condyles, placed on
each side of the large median foramen, which transmits the spinal
cord; this method of articulation is termed dicondylian, and is
only present in one other class of Vertebrate Animals, the
BaTrRACcHIA, and this, together with several other characters, com-
mon to these classes only, has given authority to the apparently
well-founded assertion of the remote common origin of the Mam-
malian and Batrachian types.

Vertebre.—The vertebral column consists of a series of distinct
bones, called “vertebre,” arranged in close connection with one
another along the dorsal aspect of the body in the median line, and
extending from the posterior margin of the cranium (to which it
is firmly articulated) to the tip of the tail. The number of distinct
bones varies greatly, principally owing to the elongation, or other-
wise, of that appendage. In the mammalian vertebre the ends
of the centra are usually flattened, but in the cervical region of
some UncuxatTa certain of the vertebre may be opisthoccelous,
that is having the hinder surface concave. The vertebral column
is for convenience divided into five regions, cervical, dorsal,
lumbar, sacral, and caudal.

Cervical.—The cervical region forms the anterior portion of
the column, and its first vertebra, called the atlas, articulates

Xil.

with the occipital region of the cranium ; these vertebre con
stitute the framework of the neck, and in all known recent
Mammals, except three—the Manatee (Manatus australis), the
Two-toed Sloth ( Cholepus hoffmanni) with six, and the Three-toed
Sloth (Bradypus tridactylus/ with nine—consists of seven distinct
bones, which, however, are in the case of several genera, notably
belonging to the Cetacea, in a greater or less number ankylosed
together so as to form a solid mass. The second cervical vertebra
is termed the amis, and, except in certain CETACEANS, always de-
velops a well defined odontoid process.

Dorsal, or Thoracic.—Behind these lie the dorsal, or, since to
its vertebre only are articulated the movable ribs which form
the arch of the thorax, as it would be more correct to term it,
thoracic region; the anterior rib is attached below to the sternum
(vide infra), as are also usually several of those which follow.

Lumbar.—The lumbar region consists of those vertebree in
front of the sacrum which bear xo movable ribs. The number of
vertebrz in the conjoined thoracic and lumbar regions is tolerably
constant in any given group of animals, any increase of the one
being at the expense of the other; the smallest number of
thoracico-lumbar vertebre occurs in the Armadillos (/ Dasypodide )
which have only fourteen, while the greatest number is found in
the Hyrax or Rock-Rabbit, the supposed Cony of the Scriptures,
in which no less than thirty are present; in Man, the higher
Apes, and most Bats, the number is seventeen; in nearly all
Marsupials, nineteen.

Sacral.—The sacral region is that which is situated between
the lumbar and caudal regions; in it the vertebre are ankylosed
together so as to form a single mass ; the number of vertebre
included in the sacrum is variable, even in different individuals
belonging to the same species, especially as age advances, when
certain of the caudal vertebree become incorporated with those of
the true sacrum. ‘These bones are absent in the CETACEA.

Caudal.—The caudal vertebree are those placed behind the
sacrum, and terminate the vertebral column. They naturally vary
greatly in number, there being usually four only in Man, and those
rudimentary, whereas in the West African Long-tailed Pangolin
(Manis longicaudata) there are as many as forty-six. They are
also, for obvious reasons, numerous and highly developed in the
Macropodide and the CETACEA.

Chevron Bones.—To the under-surface of the caudal vertebre
of many Mammals, in which the tail is well developed, are
attached by articulation small bones, of the shape of an inverted
arch, which have received the name of “ chevron bones.”

Sternum.—The mammalian breast-bone (sternum) is a bone, or
series of bones, placed longitudinally in the mesial line, on the
inferior aspect of the thorax, and connected with the vertebral
column by a series of more or less ossified ribs. It is divided

xiii.

into three portions, the anterior segment or presternwm, the
posterior or xiphisternum, and a varying number between the two
called the mesosternum. In the Whalebone Whales ( Balenide)
only the presternum, supporting a single pair of ribs, is developed.

ftibs.—The ribs form a series of long, narrow, more or less
flattened bones, extending laterally from the sides of the vertebral
column and mostly joined directly or indirectly to the sternum.
Those which articulate directly are known as “true” ribs, and
always belong to the anterior portion of the series, while the
posterior ribs, which are either attached each to the edge of its
preceding rib, or are free, are called, in the former case “ false,”
in the latter, “floating” ribs. The portion of each rib nearest
to the sternum is usually imperfectly ossified or permanently
cartilaginous, and such parts are termed the “costal cartilages” ;
in the rare cases in which they are completely ossified, as in the
Armadilios, they are known as “sternal ribs.”

Appendicular Skeleton.—The appendicular portion of the frame-
work consists, when fully developed, of two pairs of limbs, an
anterior and a posterior.

Anterior Limb.—The anterior limb is present and fully de-
veloped in all Mammals, and is composed of a shoulder-girdle and
three segments of the limb proper, the upper arm /brachiwm ),
the fore-arm (antibrachium ), and the hand (manus ).

Shoulder-girdle.—The shoulder girdle is in most Mammals in a
modified condition, compared with that in which it exists among
the four remaining classes of Vertebrate Animals. In all Mammals,
except the Monotremes—in which it is complete and articulated
with the sternum—the coracoid is only present in the form of a
process or even minute tubercle. The blade-bone (scapula) is
always well developed, has a ridge on its outer surface—the
so-called spine of the scapula—which generally terminates exter-
nally in a free curved process called the ‘‘acromion.” The form
of the scapula and the development of its processes largely
depends on the uses to which the limb is put, for instance
whether it be for burrowing, climbing, swimming, or merely for
the support of the body. The collar-bone (clavicle), an accessary
bar which connects the scapula with the sternum, may be present,
asin Man and all Marsupials, except the Bandicoots ( Peramelide/;
rudimentary and floating free in the flesh, as in the Dog, Cat, é&e.;
or entirely absent, as in Seals, Whales, Ungulates, ce.

Brachium and Antibrachiwm.—The proximal segment of the
limb consists of a single bone, the hwmerus, and the second
segment of two bones, the radiws and ulna, placed side by side,
and articulating with the humerus at their proximal, and with
the carpus at their distal extremities. In most Mammals these
bones cross each other, the radius in front of the ulna, so that the
former, though—nominally in vertebrates—external at the upper
end is internal at the lower. In the majority of Mammals the

Xiv.

bones are fixed in this position, but in a few, as in Man, a free

movement of crossing and uncrossing—technically known as pro-
nation and supination—is allowed. In most Quadrupeds the
ulna is much reduced in size, and the radius, especially at its
upper end, correspondingly increased, so that the articular surface
of the latter extends across the entire anterior surface of the
humerus, and thus the bones become anterior and _ posterior,
instead of external and internal.

Manus.—The skeleton of the terminal section of the anterior
limb consists of three divisions :—(1) the carpus, a group of
small, more or less rounded or angular bones, with flattened
surfaces contiguous to one another, which, though articulating by
synovial joints, that is joints enclosing a capsule which secretes a
lubricating fluid, have, nevertheless, scarcely any motion between
them; (2) the metacarpus, a series of bones, placed side by side,
and with their proximal ends articulating by almost immovable
joints with the carpus; and (3) the phalanges, or bones of the
digits proper, which are usually three in number to each digit,
and articulate to one another, and the first to the distal end of
the corresponding metacarpal bone, by freely movable hinge-
joints.

Carpus.—The mammalian carpus consists of two transverse
series of bones, of which the upper or proximal, series contains
three bones, that on the radial side, from which side all these
bones are counted, being known as the scaphoid, that in the
middle the /unar, and that on the left the cuneiform bone; the
lower or distal series contains five bones, of which the two outer
are always united into a single bone, and receive a common name;
these have been respectively termed the trapezium, trapezoid,
magnum, and unciform; between these two series a single bone,
the central, may or may not be present. ‘Two additional bones are
generally developed in the tendons of the flexor muscles, one on
each side of the carpus, which may be called the radial and ulna
sesamoid bones ; the latter of these, which is the more constant,
and generally the larger, has received the distinctive title of the
pisiform bone.

Metacarpus and Phalanges.—The metacarpal bones are never
more than five in number, nor are the digits which they assist in
supporting ; they are described numerically as first, second, ete.
The digits have each a distinguishing name, the poles (thumb),
index, medius, annulus, and minimus. One or more of these
may be in a rudimentary condition, or altogether suppressed,
and where only one is absent it is generally the pollex. No
Mammals, except the Ceracna, have more than three phalanges
to each digit, while in the pollex one of the three is constantl
absent. The terminal phalanges are usually specially modified
to support the nail, claw, or hoof, and are termed wngual
phalanges. Distinguishing terms are applied to the mode of

XV.

progression employed by various quadrupeds, according to the
amount of palmar and plantar surfaces in contact with the
ground; thus those, as the Bears, which use the whole of
the lower surface of the carpus, metacarpus, and phalanges,
are termed “plantigrade”; those, as the Horse, which apply the
distal surface of the ungual phalanx and the horny structures
surrounding it, “‘ wnguligrade”; intermediate forms exist, such
as “nhalangigrade” for the Camel, and “subplantigrade” for
most Carnivores. In the Bats the digits are enormously elongated
for the purpose of supporting a cutaneous expansion constituting
the organs of flight ; while in the Whales and Dolphins the manus
is formed into a paddle, covered by continuous integument, and
without any trace of nails or claws, and the number of phalanges
belonging to the second and third digits always exceeds the
normal number in Mammals, and sometimes very considerably.

Posterior limb.—The posterior limb consists of a pelvic girdle,
and three segments belonging to the limb. proper, the thigh
(femur), the leg (tibia and fibula), and the foot (pes).

Pelvic girdle.—The pelvic girdle is present in some form in all
Mammals, but in the Sirenians and Cetaceans it is in a very
rudimentary condition. Hach half of this girdle consists of three
bones, which in the adult state are ankylosed together into a
solid mass, and the single bone thus formed is technically known
as the “os innominatum.” Of the three sections of which this
bone is composed, the upper (z/iwm) is firmly articulated to the
sacrum, and of the two lower, the antero-inferior (pubis) forms a
symphysis with its fellow of the opposite side, except in the
Insectivorous genera, Soricide, Talpide, and Chrysochloride,
where these bones are entirely separated, while the postero-
inferior /ischiwm) are never united. These three sections unite
around a cup-shaped cavity, the acetabulum, into which the
proximal end of the femur is received. Between the pubis and
ischium there is a large opening known as the “‘obtwrator foramen.”
The two innominate bones, in conjunction with the sacral, form
the pelvis. By this direct articulation of the innominate bones
with the vertebral column, greater strength is given to the
hind limbs to increase their powers of supporting and propeling
the body. In the Monotremes and Marsupials an additional
pair of thin, flat, elongated bones, called the “ epipubie” or
“marsupial” bones, the exact function of which is but im-
perfectly understood, is attached to the fore part of the pubis,
and projects forward into the muscular wall of the abdomen.

Thigh and Ley.—As with the fore-limb, the proximal segment
of the hind limb has but one bone, the femur, and the second
two, the tibiw and the fibula ; these lie parallel to one another,
the former, which is much the more strongly developed being on
the inner side and more to the front, while the latter is on the
outer side and behind. They are never either permanently

XVi.

crossed or capable of any considerable amount of rotation, as
in the corresponding bones of the antibrachium. In many
Mammals the fibula is rudimentary, and in some, as certain
ruminants, it forms, in old animals, a more or less complete
ankylosis with the tibia. A large sesamoid bone, known as the
knee-cap or “‘patella,” is developed in the tendon of the extensor
muscle of the thigh, in front of and for the protection of the
knee-joint, and is present in an ossified condition in all Mammals,
excepting some of the Marsupials.

Foot.—The terminal segment of the hind limb, like that of
the fore limb, consists of three parts, of which the proximal is
termed the tarsus, the median the metatarsus, and the distal the
phalanges. In the tarsus the proximal series always consists of
two bones, the astra/agus, representing the coalesced scaphoid
and lunar of the hand, and the ca/ecaneum. The former is placed
more to the dorsal side of the foot, and almost exclusively
furnishes the tarsal portion of the ankle joint; the latter is
situated more towards the plantar side of the foot, and is
elongated backwards to form a more or less prominent tuberosity
(the heel) to which the tendon of the great extensor muscles of
the foot is attached. The navicular bone is interposed between
the proximal and distal series on the inner side of the foot, thus
leaving the two series in contact on the outer side. The distal
series, when complete, contains four bones, which, beginning as
usual on the inner side, are the three cuneiform, the internal
being known as the first or ento-cuneiform, the median as the
second or meso-cuneiform, and the external as the third or ecto-
cuneiform ,; of these the second is the smallest, and all three are
articulated to the distal surface of the navicular ; the fourth bone
is the cuboid, and articulates with the calcaneum; in Mammals
where the hallux is wanting, the ento-cuneiform may be rudi-
mentary or altogether absent. The three cuneiform bones support
the first, second, and third metatarsal bones, and the cuboid the
fourth and fifth ; as in the hand sesamozd bones are developed in
addition to the constant bones of the tarsus. The formation of
the phalanges of the foot is in all respects similar to that of the
hand, and, with the one exception of the inner digit—which is
termed the hallux, and corresponds to the pollex of the hand—
the names applied to the other digits of the foot are the same as
those by which the corresponding digits of the hand are known.
In the hallux, as in the pollex, one bone of the normal mamma-
lian four—including the metacarpals and metatarsals—is wanting,
and it is still a disputed question whether the missing bone is the
first metatarsal, or the proximal phalanx. In the Srrenra and
Ceracea no traces of the third or distal segment of the hind limb
have been discovered, and only in certain members of the 1]: tter
Order have even rudiments of the proximal and median segments
been detected.

Subclass I—PROTOTHERIA.

The MonoTrREMATA or ORNITHODELPHIA, as the Prototherian
Mammals have been variously, and more or less misleadingly
termed, comprise the lowest, and in point of time the most ancient,
types of mammalian life. Two families only, consisting of three
genera, exist at the present time, the extent of their range being
confined to Australia and Tasmania ( Ornithorhynchus and
Echidna) and New Guinea (Proechidna and Echidna). They are
oviparous, and the young are nourished after emerging from the
egg by milk expressed from the mammary glands into a temporary
pouch ; these glands are not provided with nipples, the milk being
forced out through numerous apertures in the spongy skin. The
method employed in hatching out the eggs differs materially in the
two families, for while the Platypus forms a nest in its burrow on
which to deposit its eggs, and hatches them out by the warmth
of its body in the same manner as birds do,—the pouch being at
no time sufficiently developed to enable the animal to retain the
eggs therein—the Echidna carries its eggs about with it and
hatches them out in its more highly specialized pouch. The
males are provided with a perforated spur on the inside of the
heel, which is connected by a duct with a postfemoral gland,
and the functions of which are not as yet clearly understood; the
assumption that it is a poison-organ is not however borne out by
actual evidence, while on the contrary it is difficult to imagine of
what possible value such an organ could be to animals so consti-
tuted ; it is, however, possible that it may develop such a function
in a greater or less degree during the breeding season, and be used
as a weapon of defence in contesting for the favor of the femaies.
The Monotremes possess an additional clavicular bone, in the
shape of a large T-shaped interclavicle, which bone is not
represented in either of the other mammalian Subclasses ; the
coracoid bone is complete and articulates with the sternum.
Epipubic bones are present. True functional teeth are absent in
the adults.

Order I.-—MONOTREMATA.

Muzzle produced into a beak, which is either flattened or
cylindrical. External ear-opening without a conch, Limbs sub-
equal in length, short and powerful. Tail either short and
broad or rudimentary. Mamme rudimentary.

A

bo

ORNITHORHYNCHIDA.

Family I.—ORNITHORHYNCHID/.

Muzzle in the shape of a broad, flattened, horny beak. Tongue
not extensile. Fur not mixed with spines. Tail well developed,
broad, and flattened. Hands and feet modified as swimming-
organs, the toes broadly webbed. Palms and soles naked, without
pads. Teeth rudimentary, only found in young animals, in which
there are two on either side of the upper jaw and three on either
side of the lower jaw, these being persistent till the animal is
rather more than one-third grown ; never cutting the gum; multi-
cuspid ; replaced in the adults by strong, horny plates. Cerebral
hemispheres smooth.

Genus I.—ORNITHORHYNCHUS, Blumenbach (1800).

Form elongate and depressed. Toes 5—5, all with long claws,
which on the fore feet are broad and blunt, on the hind feet
compressed and pointed. Beak short, with a basal projecting
leathery flap both above and below. Cheeks pouched.

Vertebre.—C. 7, D. 17, L. 2, S. 2, Cd. 20 or 21 = 48 or 49.

Habits.—Aquatic ; fossorial ; feeding on crustaceans, mollusks,
water-insects, worms, ce.

_Note.—Under the name of Ornithorhynchus agilis, Mr. C. W.
De Vis has described (Proc. Roy. Soc. Queensland, 1885, p. 35,
pl. iv.), from a right tibia and the distal half of a right mandible,
what appears to be a very distinct species of fossil Platypus ; re-
versing the general law in such cases, this extinct species, which
from the dentition is unquestionably adult, must have been of a
considerably smaller size than its living representative. The
fossils were excavated on King’s Creek, an affluent of the Conda-
mine River, near Pilton, South Queensland. Shaw’s name Platypus
(1799) having been employed by Herbst six years previously for
a genus of Coleopterous Insects is inadmissable.

1. ORNITHORHYNCHUS ANATINUS, Shav, sp. (1799).
Duck-billed Platypus; Water Mole.

Male much larger than female. Fur short, close, and velvety.
General color above deep umber- or blackish-brown; below
grayish-white ; a white or yellowish spot round the eye; tail
colored above like the back, generally naked below ; bill black
above, yellow and black below.

Dimensions.—Head and body of male, about eighteen, of female
about fourteen inches; tail of male about six, of female about
five inches.

Habitat.—Queensland southwards of 18° 8. lat., New South
Wales, Victoria, South Australia, and Tasmania.

Aa

ECHIDNA. 3

References.—Thomas, B. M. Catal. p. 388; Gould, Mamm.
Austr. i. pl. i.

Famly I1.—ECHIDNID.

Muzzle in the shape of a slender cylindrical beak. Tongue
extensile. Fur mixed with stout spines. Tailrudimentary. Toes
not webbed. Palms and soles forming broad, fleshy cushions,
without distinct pads. Teeth wholly absent, without functional
successors. Palate and tongue spinous. Cerebral hemispheres
convoluted.

Genus I.—ECHIDNA, G@. Cuvier (1798).

Form stout and depressed. Toes 55, all clawed, those on the
fore feet broad, but little curved, and directed forwards ; on the
hind feet slenderer, curved outwards, the second, or second and
third, very long, much exceeding the fourth and fifth; that of
hallux short, blunt, and rounded. Beak straight or with a slight
upward curve. Tongue tapering at the tip, the spines restricted
to the basal portion.

Vertebree.—C. 7, D. 16, L. 3, 8. 3, Cd. 12=41.

Habits.—Terrestrial ; fossorial ; feeding chiefly on ants and
their eggs.

Note.—In 1868 Mr. Gerard Krefft described (Ann. Nat. Hist.
(4) i. p. 113) from a fragment of a humerus a fossil species from
New South Wales, for which he proposed the name Lchidna oweni;
subsequently numerous examples were obtained from the Welling-
ton Caves, N.S.W., and were separated from the original species
by Prof. Owen under the name of #. ramsayi. Paleontologists
now, however, seem to be agreed that the two forms are identical.

1. Ecurpna acuLeata, Shaw, sp. (1792).
Common Echidna; Native Porcupine.

Sexes not markedly differing in size. General color of hair
above black or dark brown; below brown. Spines of back long
and stout, generally quite hiding the hair, their color normally
yellow with a black tip. Tail short and conical, terminally naked.

Several different species of Echidna have been described, but
recent researches tend to prove that these are at best but geo-
graphical races. The Port Moresby variety (2. lawesi, Ramsay)
the type of which is in the Australian Museum, Sydney, differs
in its smaller size and shorter dorsal spines; the Tasmanian
variety (H. setosa, E. Geoffroy) in its larger size, longer hair
which almost conceals the spines, and the much longer third claw
of the hind feet, which almost equals the second claw.

4 METATHERIA,

Dimensions.—Head and body, £. lawesi, about fourteen inches;
E. aculeata, about seventeen, and £. sefosa about twenty.

Habitat.—From South-eastern New Guinea throughout the
whole of Australia to Tasmania.

References.—Thomas, B. M. Catal. p. 377; Gould, Mamm.,
Austr. i. pls. ii. (#. aculeata), ii. (£. setosa ).

Subclass II—METATHERIA.

The Metatherian Mammals, more generally known as the
DipELPHtIA or MARSUPIALIA, are at the present time, with the ex-
ception of the True Opossums (Didelphyide) of the New World,
confined to the Australian, Papuasian, and the eastern islands of
the Austro-Malayan subregions ; the easternmost point to which
their range extends being the Island of San Christoval, belonging
to the western section of the Solomon Archipelago, where the short-
headed variety of the Gray Cuscus (Phalanger orientalis var.
breviceps) is found ; the Group was however at a former period
much more generally distributed over the surface of the earth,
species having been discovered in a fossil state in Europe, South
Africa, and America. They differ from all other Mammals by the
presence in the female of a permanent pouch (marsuprum)—
obsolete in Myrmecobius and practically so in Phascologale—
formed by a fold in the integument, and which is furnished with
a varying number of teats, to which the young are attached at
a very early stage of growth by the mother, who, by means of
specially adapted muscles, forces the milk from the mamme into
their mouths, their condition being for a considerable period so
imperfect as to preclude the possibility of their obtaining nutri-
ment of their own volition. Both sexes are provided with long
epipubic bones, generally known as “marsupial bones,” though
having in reality no connection whatever with the pouch; these
bones are rudimentary in Zhylacinus, while in the Bandicoots
(Peramelide) the clavicles are wanting.

Order I.—MARSUPIALIA.

Limbs subequal, or the hinder pair much the larger and form-
ing the chief agents in progression. Tail almost invariably present,
generally long, and often prehensile. Teeth very variable in
structure. Mamme in varying numbers.

Suborder I.—Polyprotodontia.

Incisors numerous, four or five in the upper, three or four in
the lower jaw, subequal, much smaller than the canines. Molars
generally sharply cuspidate.

Habits.—Carnivorous ; insectivorous ; rarely omnivorous.

NOTORYCTES. 5

Family IL—NOTORYCTIDA.

Limbs subequal, short, and very strong. Fore feet with five
digits ; hind feet asyndactylous, with five toes ; hallux clawed;
the other toes unequal in size. No visible external eyes. Ears
without conch. Clavicle well developed. Chevron bones present.

Genus I.—NOTORYCTES, Stirling (1891).

Dorsal aspect of snout covered by a hard horny shield, which
is divided into two segments by a transverse ridge. Mouth ven-
tral in position. Ear openings present, but almost completely
concealed by the overhanging fur. Tail hard, tough, and leathery,
marked by conspicuous annular rings, thick at its insertion but
rapidly decreasing in size towards its extremity, which is blunt
and knob-like. The four inner toes of both fore and hind feet
clawed, the fifth with a short, broad, horny nail. Palms and soles
naked, covered with tough, leathery, wrinkled skin ; the latter
traversed by oblique folds. The claws of the third and fourth
digits enormously developed; those of the corresponding toes
curved outwards and backwards. Pouch opening backwards.
Mamme two, minute.

Vertebrae.—C. 7, 1). 15, L, 4, 8. 6. C. 12 = 44.

*)° 1.2.3.4 0 1.0.3.4 1.2.3.4 a 9
Dentition.—I. 23 C. 0 P; 1.0.3.40r0? M. 1234 x s4= 40 to 42.

Habits.—Terrestrial ; fossorial ; insectivorous.

Note.—The axis and four succeeding cervical vertebre are firmly
ankylosed together, as are also all the sacral vertebre. In the
dental formula given above I have preferred to consider the teeth,
which Dr. Stirling figures as an upper and lower canine, as a
fourth upper and third lower incisor.

1. Notorycres TyPHLOPS, Stirling (1888).
Marsupial Mole.

Size small, form stout. Fur long, soft, of a bright lustrous
silken appearance ; sometimes darker across the loins ; a patch of
darkish red fur surrounding the pouch ; interior of pouch sparsely
lined with reddish fawn-colored hairs. Upper surface of tail
clothed with fur similar to that of the back on its anterior half; the
sides and lower surface naked.

Dimensions.—Head and body about five inches ; tail about one
and one-fifth inch.

Habitat.—Central South Australia.

References,—Stirling, Trans. Roy. Soc. South Austr. 1888, p.
21, and 1891, p. 154, pls. ii. — ix.

Note.—In the attempt to formulate the above divisional and
generic definitions for Dr. Stirling’s Motoryctes typhlops, I have

6 NOTORYCTES.

experienced considerable difficulty in the selection of such char-
acters as appear to be most suitable for the purpose. Dr. Stirling,
in his papers quoted above, though at present the only scientist
who has had the opportunity of examining the anatomical charac-
ters, offers no suggestion as to the definite place which it should
take in the zoological system, and I have therefore endeavored to
intercalate it among those forms to which it seems to me to make
the nearest approach from a structural point of view. The con-
clusion at which I have arrived, after an exhaustive study of
Dr. Stirling’s pamphlet, is that in this animal we have at last
obtained a definite connecting link between the Monotremes and
Marsupials. In the present initial state of our knowledge it
would, in my judgment, be presumptuous to class otoryctes
among the Monotremes proper, nevertheless several of our leading
naturalists incline to the opinion that its affinities are closer to
these Mammals than to the Marsupials; at present, however, I
prefer to look upon it as an aberrant Polyprotodont. If the
former view be correct we have here an adult Monotreme possess-
ing fully developed teeth, and it must not be lost sight of that in
Ornithorhynchus, as previously mentioned (vide p. 2), teeth are
developed in both jaws until the animal is fully one-third grown,
though our knowledge of the early life of this latter animal is not
sufficient to enable us to decide whether these teeth are functional
or otherwise ; it is, however, on this character, and so far as I can
determine with the slender means at my disposal, on this character
alone, that I base my opinion of its polyprotodont affinities; the
absence of canine teeth, if I am correct in my suggestion that
those considered by Dr. Stirling to be canines are respectively
the fourth upper and third lower incisors, militates against: its
position as a typical Polyprotodont, but strengthens its position
as a true connecting link between the Monorremata and Poty-
PROTODONTIA; if on the other hand Dr. Stirling has taken the
correct view of the nature of the teeth in question, my contention
as to the polyprotodont character of Motoryctes is materially
strengthened; in any case our knowledge is so limited, and our lack |
of information as to its milk dentition, if any, so absolute, that it
would not be wise to separate it from the polyprotodont Mammals.
Further the semirudimentary nature of the pouch, which wholly,
or at any rate partially, disappears when not in use, points to a
connection on the one hand with Myrmecobius and Phascologale,
and on the other hand with the Prorotueria ; Dr. Stirling
informs me in literis that a pair of minute mammary elevations are
present, situated near the corners of the posteriorly expanded pouch.
The form of the feet and the character of the horny shield on the
snout also ally Votoryctes to Echidna. Putting aside these external
characters, we have not far to seek in the skeleton for contir-
matory evidence of its affinity to the Monotremes, the considerable

DASYURIDA. sf

development of the clavicle, which is connected by a ligament to
the sternal apparatus, along with the rudimentary character of the
epipubic bones, being also monotrematous ; this latter character,
however, it shares with the Dasyurine Thylacinus. Referring
back to the clavicular development the fact must not be lost sight
of that this bone is reduced to a mere knob-like process in the
Dasyures and is entirely absent in the Bandicoots, while in the
Monotremes it connects by true ossification with the sternum. It
may be sought to explain away this difference in the strength of
the shoulder-girdle on the grounds that Notoryctes, Echidna, and
Ornithorhynchus have the fore limbs strengthened, in order to
enable them to burrow with the greater ease, but the superficiality
of such a view is demonstrable at a glance if we take into con-
sideration the fact that the Peramelide, which are also of fossorial
habits, though not in so marked a degree as the genera mentioned
above, are absolutely without rudiments of these bones. The
method of reproduction in Woforyctes is undeniably one of the
most interesting problems of the day in the world of science, and
when solved will at once set at rest the question of its affinities.

It seems probable that, though so essentially a burrowing
animal, Votoryctes does not live in a burrow, but makes a nest in
tussocks of grass or at the roots of small shrubs, burrowing, like
the Peramelide, for food only. Its method of progression is some-
what analogous to that of a Dolphin as, according to Dr. Stirling’s
informants, it travels for varying distances at very few inches
beneath the surface, then emerging crawls along the surface for a
few feet and again dives below ; this seems to be necessary to the
act of respiration. As fast as it bores by means of the fore feet
and horny snout it closes up the burrow behind it with its hind
feet.

Finally, should the theory above advanced prove correct, we
have now obtained a definite link between the proto- and meta-
therian Sub-classes—a link which is somewhat analogous in
position to that held by Branchiostoma between the vertebrate
and invertebrate animals—and which will perhaps eventually
bridge over the gulf which at present separates the Monotremes
from the Marsupials. It is, however, probable that it is to
embryological and palzontological research alone that we must
look for the elucidation of the problem briefly hinted at above.

In a work of this kind it is impossible to go more fully into
the subject of this interesting animal.

Family I1.—DASYURIDL.

Thylacine; Native Cats; Pouched Mice, &c.

Limbs subequal. Fore feet with five digits; hind feet asyn-
dactylous, with four’ or five toes; hallux small and clawless, or

8 MYRMECOBIINE.

absent ; the other toes subequal. Stomach simple. Ccecum absent.
Pouch, when present, opening forwards or downwards, sometimes
rudimentary, rarely obsolete.

Subfamily [.—Myrmecosun2.

Tongue long, cylindrical, and extensile. Rhinarium naked,
grooved below. Lower lip pointed, projecting beyond the teeth.
Chest with a complex gland opening to the surface by several large
and distinct apertures. Molars small and delicate, more than four
in number in each ramus, those of the lower jaw with the inner
cusps larger than the outer.

Genus I—MYRMECOBIUS, Waterhouse (1836).

Form graceful and squirrel-like. Ears long and narrow. Toes
5 — 4, provided with long fossorial claws; hallux absent externally.
Palms naked, soles partially so; pads small and granulated. Tail
long and bushy. Pouch obsolete. Mamme four (Zhomas), but
Gilbert states (Gould, Mamm. Austr.) that he has ‘observed
seven young attached to the nipples.”

1.2.3.4 1.0.3.4 1.2.3.4.5.0
Dentition.—I. 753) (eres eng ap oe aReeROe eS OU Eee

Habits.—Terrestrial ; LebSreAl ; insectivorous.

Note.—A fourth incisor is rarely present in the lower jaw.

1. Myrmecosius Fasciatus, Waterhouse (1836).
Marsupial Anteater.

Fur short, close, and hispid. General color above bright
rufous, grizzled on the head, darkening posteriorly, where it is
transversely banded with white; a white stripe over each eye ;
below clear pale yellow. Ears pointed, clothed with close, short
hairs, rufous behind, yellowish inside. Claws dark horn-color.
Third finger shorter than second or fourth. Palms with five
small, round, finely granulated pads ; soles hairy along the edges,
with only three pads. Tail long-haired above, shorter-haired
below; the former grizzled yellow and black, the latter rich rufous.

Dimensions.—Head and body about ten inches; tail about
seven inches.

Habitat.—South and West Australia.

References.—Thomas, B.M. Catal. p. 312, pl. xxiii. fig. 10 (sole );
Gould, Mamm. Austr. i. pl. iv.

Note.—Mr. Thomas remarks :—The chief interest of this
remarkable genus lies in its close resemblance and, presumably,

relationship to the Mesozoic Polyprotodont Marsupials (Phascolo-
theriwm, Amphilestes, &c.) of the English Jurassic beds, the resem-

SMINTHOPSIS. 9

blance being so close as to suggest that Myrmecobius, like Ceratodus,
is actually an unmodified survivor from Mesozoic times.

Subfamily II.—Dasyvurina.

Tongue short, simple, not extensile, Lower lip rounded, not
produced. Chest without gland. Molars large, four in number
in each ramus; those of the lower jaw with the outer cusps larger
than the inner.

Genus IIl.—ANTECHINOMYS, Aref (1866),

Body unspotted. Ears very large. Tail very long, tufted.
Limbs unusually elongated ; the fore-arm, lower leg, and hind
foot disproportionately long. Toes short and subequal ; hallux
absent. Palms and soles without distinct pads, the greater part
of the latter hairy. Mamme? Canines very small.

Dentition.—I. 7334, 0.3, Pe coaa, M. 34 x 2=46.

Habits.—Terrestrial ; saltatory ; insectivorous.

1. ANTECHINOMYS LANIGER, Gould, sp. (1856).
Wooly Pouched Mouse; Jerboa Pouched Mouse.

Size small; form slender and graceful. Fur long, soft, and fine.
General color above slaty gray ; below white; a fawn-colored
patch behind the ear. Ears ovoid, almost entirely clothed with
short, fawn-colored hairs. Lower part of limbs, hands, and feet
white. Tail very long, slender, short-haired, fawn-colored except
the terminal inch which is tufted and black.

Dimensions.—Head and body about three and a half inches ;
tail about five inches.

Habitat.—Interior of New South Wales and Southern Queens-
land

References.—Thomas, B.M. Catal. p. 309, pls. xxiii. fig. 9 (sole),
xxv. figs. 11 & 12 (skuli); Gould, Mamm. Austr. i. pl. xxxiii.;
Alston, P.Z.S. 1880, p. 545, pl. xlv.

Note.—Through want of information respecting its habits
Gould’s figure represents a pair seated on the bough of a tree ;
the figures also are very misleading.

Genus III.—SMINTHOPSIS, Thomas (1887).

Body unspotted. Form slender and delicate. Ears large and
broad. Tail moderate or short, short-haired, sometimes incras-
sated. Feet slender and delicate. Toes subequal, with small,
delicate claws; hallux present, short and clawless. Soles partially

10 SMINTHOPSIS.

hairy, the naked part granulated, with or without pads, which,
when present, are not or but indistinctly striated. Pouch well
developed. Mamme eight or ten.
. 12.3.4 cy 1 LOSI” ug LOM Meee
Dentition. II. 123? C. Su igh 1.0.3.4 M. 1.2.3.4 x 2= 46.
Habits.—Verrestrial ; insectivorous.

Note.—Gould’s name Podabrus (1845) cannot stand, having
been previously (1840) bestowed upon a genus of Coleopterous
Insects by Fischer.

1. SMINTHOPSIS CRASSICAUDATA, Gould, sp. (1844).
Thick-tailed Pouched Mouse.

Size small; form light and delicate. Fur very soft and fine.
General color above clear ashy-gray ; below grayish-white ; chin
white. Ears very large and rather pointed, their backs dark
brown anteriorly, strongly contrasting with the lighter hues
posteriorly. Hands and feet white. Greater part of soles clothed
with velvety hairs; naked parts granulated, without distinct
striated pads. Tail short, incrassated, tapering, gray above, white
below. Mamme ten.

Dimensions.—Head and body about three and a half inches ;
tail about two inches.

Habitat.—All Australia except the extreme North.

References.—Thomas, B.M. Catal. p. 306, pls. xxiii. fig. 8 (sole ),
xxv. fig. 10 (teeth); Gould, Mamm. Austr. i. pls. xlvi. GS. mac-
rurus), xvii. (S. crassicaudata ).

2. SMINTHOPSIS MURINA, Waterhouse, sp. (1837).
Common Pouched Mouse.

Size small ; form very slender and delicate. Fur soft and fine.
General color above finely grizzled mouse-gray; below grayish-
white ; chin white. Ears very variable in size, their backs uni-
formly slaty flesh-color. Hands, feet, and sometimes fore-arms
white. Greater part of soles naked, finely granulated, without
distinct striated pads. Tail moderate, slender, not incrassated,
brown above, gray or white below. Mamme eight.

Dimensions.—Head and body about three and a half inches ;
tail about the same.

Habitat.—Australia south of the tropics.

References. —Thomas, B.M. Catal. p. 303, pl. xxiii. fig. 7 (sole );

Gould, Mamm. Austr. i. pls. xli. (S. fuliginosus ), xlii. (iS. albipes ),
xii. (S. murinus).

PHASCOLOGALE. ll

3. SMINTHOPSIS LEUCOPUS, Cray, sp. (1842).
White-footed Pouched Mouse.

Size medium; form slender. Fur close, fine, and straight.
General color above uniform dark grayish-brown or mouse-color,
with no prominent markings; below white. Ears large and
broad, their backs uniform slaty-gray. Hands and feet pure white.
Palms finely granulated, with six pads. Soles finely hairy
posteriorly, coarsely granulated anteriorly ; the pads small, four
in number, and finely striated transversely. Tail moderate,
slender, shorter in southern than in extreme northern specimens,
gray or brown above, white below. Mamme?

Dimensions.—Head and body about four inches; tail in southern
examples about three and a half, in northern about four inches,

Habitat.—Eastern Australia from Cape York to Tasmania.

References.—Thomas, B.M. Catal. p. 302, pls. xxiii. figs. 5 (ear ),
6 (sole), xxv. figs. 7 (teeth), 8 and 9 (skull); Gould, Mamm. Austr.
i. pls. xxxv. (S. leucopus), xxxvi. (S. ferruginetfrons ).

4. SMINTHOPSIS VIRGINLE, De Tarragon, sp. (1847).
Striped-faced Pouched Mouse.

Size large. Fur rather short, very soft and silky. General
color above grizzled gray; below white or pale yellow. Face sandy
rufous, ornamented with a central and on each side a lateral black
longitudinal line. Cheeks, sides of neck, and basal ear-tufts bright
rufous. Ears very large and nearly naked. Outside of upper
arms and thighs like the back; rest of limbs white. Sole-pads
probably similar to those of S. Jewcopus. Tail short-haired, dark
brown above, paler below. Mamme ?

Dimensions.—Head and body about five inches ; tail about the
same.
Habitat.—Herbert River District, Queensland.

References.—Thomas, B.M. Catal. p. 300; Collett, P.Z.S. 1886,
p- 548, pl. lx. (animal, skull and teeth ).

Genus [V.—PHASCOLOGALE, Zemmuinck (1827).

Body unspotted. Form slender and graceful. Ears rounded.
Tail long; bushy, crested, or nearly naked. Feet broad and short.
Toes subequal, with sharp, curved claws ; hallux present, short
and clawless. Soles naked, granulated, with five transversely-
striated pads ; the hallucal pad often divided into two. Pouch
practically obsolete. Mamme four, six, eight, or ten.

+: 1.2.3.4 1 1.03.4 a er oe
Dentition.—I. 123” (Se Dp Ps 1.0.3.2 M. i234 x 2= 46.
Habits.—Arboreal ; insectivorous.

Note.—The fourth premolar is absent in P. cristicaudata.

12 PHASCOLOGALE.

1. PHASCOLOGALE CALURA, Gould (1844).
Lesser Brush-tailed Pouched Mouse.

Size medium ; form slender. Fur long, soft, and fine. General
color above gray with a faint rufous tinge; below white. Ears
very large, almost naked, with well-marked basal tufts of red hair.
Hands and feet white. Soles with five pads, the hallucal very
long, but undivided ; claws small and weak. Tail long; the basal
half short-haired, rufous above, dark brown below ; the terminal
half black, and slightly bushy all round. Mamme?

Dimensions.—Head and body about five inches ; tail about six
inches.

Habitat. South and West Australia.

References.—Thomas, B.M. Catal. p. 296, pls. xxiv. fig. 9 (upper
view of skull), xxv. fig. 6 (teeth); Gould, Mamm. Austr. i. pl. xxxii.

2. PHASCOLOGALE PENICILLATA, Shaw, sp. (1800).
Greater Brush-tailed Pouched Mouse.

Size large; form stout and strong. Fur short and coarse.
General color above finely grizzled pale gray ; below, chin white,
chest, belly, and innerside of limbs white or pale gray, the pouch-
hairs dull rufous. Muzzle with an indistinct darker stripe. Ears
very large, nearly naked. Feet and hands gray. Soles with the
five primary pads very long, the hallucal pad undivided, and a
minute supplementary pad posteriorly on the outer margin ; claws
long and strong. Tail long and thick, the terminal half or three-
fifths thickly clothed all round with long black hairs, forming a
prominent brush. Mamme ten.

Dimensions.—Head and body about ten inches; tail about
nine inches.
Habitat.—All Australia, except the extreme North.

References. —Thomas, B.M. Catal. p. 294, pls. xxiii. fig. 4 (sole),
xxiv. fig. 4 (teeth) ; Gould, Mamm. Austr. i. pl. xxxi.

3. PHASCOLOGALE MINUTISSIMA, Gould, sp. (1851).
Pigmy Pouched Mouse.

Size very small. Fur short, soft, and fine, mainly composed of
underfur. General color above finely grizzled mouse-gray; below,
chin white, chest and belly similar to, but paler than back. Ears
of medium size, thinly clothed with short hairs. Hands and feet
pale brown. Soles naked, with seven pads. Tail of moderate
length, short-haired. Pouch fairly developed. Mamme eight.

Dimensions.—Head and body about three inches; tail about
two and a half inches.

Habitat.—Central and Southern Queensland.

PHASCOLOGALE. 13

References.—Thomas, B.M. Catal. p. 292, pls. xxiv. fig. 8 (upper
view of skull), xxv. fig. 3 (teeth); Gould, Mamm. Austr. i. pls.
xliv. (P. maculata), xlv. (P. minutissima ).

4, PHASCOLOGALE FLAVIPES, Waterhouse (1837).
Yellow-footed Pouched Mouse.

Size small or medium ; form stout. Fur close and rather crisp.
General color above gray suffused with yellow or rufous; below
yellow or rufous. ars rather large, naked above, their bases
tufted externally with yellow or gray. Limbs and feet more or
less like the belly. Soles naked, with six pads, the hallucal
usually divided. Claws small and delicate. Tail short-haired,
brown or yellow above, paler below, the terminal inch sometimes
black. Mamme eight.

Dimensions.—Head and body about five inches; tail about
three and a half inches.

Habitat.—From New Guinea throughout Eastern Australia to
South Australia.

References.—Thomas, B.M. Catal. p. 289, pl. xxv. fig. 5 (teeth);
Gould, Mamm. Austr. i. pls. xl. (P. flavipes), xxxvii. (P. wnicolor).

4a, P. FLAVIPES var. LEUCOGASTER, Gray (1841)
White-bellied Pouched Mouse.
Differs from the typical form only in the underside and limbs
being white.
Habitat.—Northern and Western Australia.

References.—Thomas, B. M. Catal. p. 291; Gould, Mamm.
Austr. i. pl. xxxviil.

5. PHASCOLOGALE MINIMA, Geoffroy, sp. (1804).
Little Pouched Mouse.

Size medium ; form murine. Fur thick and close, but rather
harsh. General color above gray, suffused with yellow or rufous,
more strongly posteriorly ; below, chin white, chest and belly
dirty yellowish-gray. Ears short, nearly naked, generally tufted
at the base. A yellow patch on the front and outside of the hips.
Hands and feet gray, yellow, or brown. Soles naked, with five
pads, but the hallucal sometimes divided. Claws very long and
strong. Tail short, closely short-haired, brown above, paler
below. Mamme ?

Dimensions.—Head and body about five and a half inches ;
tail about three and a half inches.

Habitat.—Tasmania and the adjoining Islands.
References.—Thomas, B.M. Catal. p. 287.

14 PHASCOLOGALE.

6. PHASCOLOGALE SWAINSONI, Waterhouse (1840).
Swainson’s Pouched Mouse.

Size medium. Fur very long, soft, and thick. General color
above deep rufous- or umber-brown, below dull brownish-gray.
Muzzle long. Ears short and broad, covered with short dark
brown hairs. Hands and feet dark brown. Soles with five pads,
the hallucal not, or scarcely divided. Fore claws very long and
strong. Tail moderate, short-haired, uniformly dark brown.
Mamme probably ten.

Dimensions.—Head and body about five inches; tail about
four inches.

Habitat.—Tasmania ; South-east Victoria,

References.—Thomas, B.M. Catal. p. 285, pls. xxiv. fig. 7 (wpper
view of skull), xxv. fig. 4 (teeth); Gould, Mamm. Austr. i. pl. xxxiv.

7. PHASCOLOGALE APICALIS, Gray, (1842).
Freckled Pouched Mouse.

Size medium. Fur coarse. General color above freckled
reddish-gray; below dull white or yellowish. A whitish ring
round the eye. Ears short and rounded, clothed inside and out-
side with short gray hairs. Front and outside of fore-arm rufous;
rest of outsides of limbs dull gray. Hands and feet gray. Soles
granulated ; hallucal pad rarely subdivided. Tail short, hairy,
colored above like the back, below gray or yellowish-gray ; the
extreme tip black. Mamme eight.

Dimensions.—Head and body about five inches; tail about
three and a half inches.

Habitat.—West and probably North Australia.

References.—Thomas, B.M. Catal. p. 277, pls. xxiv. fig. 5 (upper
view of skull), xxv. fig. 1 (teeth); Gould, Mamm. Austr. i. pl. xxxix,

8. PHASCOLOGALE CRISTICAUDATA, Krefft, sp. (1866).
Krefft’s Pouched Mouse.

Size medium. Fur close and soft. General color above sandy-
brown, below paler. Ears short, rounded, and very broad. Tail
short, a prominent crest of black hairs, becoming longer towards
the tip, on the upper side of its terminal half. Mamme ?

Dimensions.—Head and body about five inches; tail about
three and a half inches.

Habitat.—South Australia.
Type.—In the Australian Museum, Sydney.

References.—Thomas, B.M. Catal. p. 276; Krefft, P.Z.S, 1866,
p. 435, pl. xxxvi,

DASYURUS. 15

Note.—As the only specimen known is mounted it is impossible
to give any description of the palms and soles and their pads. In
the type specimen, according to Krefft, the fourth premolar is
absent, but seeing that it is present in all other members of the
subfamily (except P. thorbeckiana, in which it is a variable
character), this is doubtless an individual variation or peculiarity.

Genus V.—DASYURUS, #. Geoffroy (1796).

Body spotted. Form stout or slender, graceful. Ears long
and narrow. Tail long, evenly- and thickly-haired throughout.
Feet plantigrade. Toes subequal, with sharp, curved claws ;
hallux very small or wanting. Soles granulated, nearly or wholly
naked. Pouch opening vertically downwards. Mamme six or
eight.

+, 1 2.3.4 i 1.0.3.0 1.2.3.4 3 19
Dentition.—I. 123 (Ot p 12. 1.0.3.0? M. i234 x 2=42.,

Habits.—Terrestrial and arboreal; carnivorous and _insecti-
vorous.

Note.—The “ Native Cats” of the Australian region take the
place of the Mustelide of the pale- and ne-arctic regions, and are
equally destructive to poultry &c.

1, DasyuRUS HALLUCATUS, Gould (1842).
North-Australian Native Cat.

Size small; form slender. Fur short and coarse. General
color above yellowish-brown spotted with white; below pale gray
or yellow. ars large, thinly clothed with fine yellow hairs.
Hallux present. Sole-pads smooth, well-defined, and transversely
striated. Tail long, rather short-haired, its base colored like the
body, but unspotted, the remainder black. Mamme eight.

Dimensions.—Head and body about eleven inches ; tail about
eight inches.

Habitat.—Tropical Australia.

References.—Thomas, B. M. Catal. p. 269; Gould, Mamm.
Austr. i. pl. ii.

2. DasyuRuUS GEOFFROYI, Gould (1840).
Black-tailed Native Cat.

Size medium; form slender, Fur thick and soft. General
color above olive-gray tinged with rufous and spotted with white;
below white. Lars large, their backs brown with white margins.
Hallux present. Soles granulated, the pads marked by rounded
unstriated prominences. Tail long and rather bushy, the basal
half above and fourth below colored like the back, but unspotted,
the remainder black. Mamme six.

16 DASYURUS.

Dimensions.—Head and body about sixteen inches ; tail about
twelve inches.

Habitat.—All Australia except the extreme North, and the
coastal districts of the South-East.

References.—Thomas, B.M. Catal. p. 268, pl. xxiii. figs. 1 (ear),
2 (sole); Gould, Mamm. Austr. i. pl. li.

3. DASYURUS VIVERRINUS, Shaw, sp. (1800).

Common Native Cat.
1G I.

Lower jaw of Dasyurus viverrinus, showing typical polyprotodont den-
tition (natural size).

Size medium; form slender. Fur thick and soft. General
color above and below either pale gray or black, spotted with
white. Ears large. Hallua absent. Soles granulated, without
distinct pads. Tail bushy, its proximal three-fourths like the
back, but unspotted, its tip white. Mamme six.

Dimensions.—Head and body about eighteen inches ; tail about
twelve inches.

Habitat.—Eastern watershed of New South Wales ; Victoria ;
South Australia ; Tasmania.

References.—Thomas, B. M. Catal. p. 265; Gould, Mamm.
Austr. i. pl. 1.

Note.—This species, in both varieties, but mostly in the light-
colored form, is as much, if not more, terrestrial than arboreal,
living in dead logs, under rocks, or in holes in the cliffs, in which
latter place they feed on dead fish, and probably crustaceans,
mollusks, &c., and are thus frequently caught in baited fish-traps
left bare by the tide or hauled up during bad weather. Fossil
remains of this species have been discovered in the Wellington
Caves, New South Wales, the Pleistocene Deposits of Gowrie,
Queensland, and in Tasmania.

DASYURUS. 17

4. Dasyurus GRAcILIS, Ramsay (1888).
Slender Native Cat.

Size small; form light and graceful. Fur short, close, and
somewhat harsh to the touch. General color above and below
deep blackish-brown, spotted with white, the spots on the sides
and on the basal third of the tail largest and sometimes confluent.
Ears rather short, thinly haired proximally outside, the inside
with a tuft of long hairs on the anterior margin. Hallux present.
Claws long and powerful. Tail long, slender, the terminal inch
tufted, colored like the body. Mamme?

Dimensions..—Head and body thirteen inches; tail nine and a
half inches.

Habitat.—Bellenden-Ker Range, Northern Queensland.
Type.—In the Australian Museum, Sydney.
Reference.—Ramsay, P.L.S. N.S. Wales, (2) iii. p. 1296 (1888).

Note.—Were it not for the indisputably adult dentition of the
unique specimen on which Dr. Ramsay has founded his new species,
and that evidence, presumably reliable, points to the existence in
the same district of a Spotted-tailed Dasyure as large as or even
larger than the southern D. maculatus, I should have been inclined
to consider this specimen as merely an aborted tropical form of
that species; until, however, further research has undeniably
proved the presence there of two so widely separated races it is
perhaps better to keep them apart. It is worth mentioning that
both in its fauna and flora the Bellenden-Ker Ranges shew more
distinct affinities to the Papuan than to the restricted Australian
Subregion ; for instance the Rhododendron flourishes in a wild
state in these mountains only of Australia, having evidently
travelled round from the Himalayas along the highlands of New
Guinea, and so down the northern Queensland Ranges; similarly
such typical Papuan forms as Dendrolagus among Mammals,
Casuarius among Birds, Papuina among Molluscs, Pericheta
among Earthworms, with many others, have found their way into
our fauna.

5. Dasyurus macuuatus, Kerr, sp. (1792).
Spotted-tailed Native Cat.

Size large ; form stout and heavy. Fur thick and close. General
color above dark brown with a rufous or orange tinge, but never
black, with large white spots ; below white or pale yellow. Ears
rather short and very thinly haired. Hallux present. Claws
large and powerful. Tail very long, brown or rufous brown,
spotted like the body. Mamme six.

Dimensions.—Head and body about twenty-five inches ; tail
about nineteen inches.

B

18 SARCOPHILUS.

Habitat.—From Central Queensland to Victoria, principally on
the Ranges but extending to the coast line ; Tasmania.

References.—Thomas, B.M. Catal. p. 263, pl. xxiv. fig. 3 (raght
molar®); Gould, Mamm. Austr. i. pl. xlix.

Tt seems to me that there must have been some extraordinary
misapprehension on the part of Mr. Thomas, or some misrepre-
sentation on the part of his correspondents, when he penned
the sentence (loc. cit. p. 265) asserting the ‘“ great rarity on the
continent ”—i.e. the mainland of Australia—of this species in
comparison with its ‘‘commoness in Tasmania ;” as a matter of
fact D. maculatus is by no means uncommon—nor seemingly has
it any present intention of dying out—in the mountainous and
coastal districts of eastern Australia from northern Queensland,
through New South Wales and Victoria to South, and possibly
West Australia. It may be worth mentioning that the largest,
stoutest, and heaviest example I have yet seen was caught, in
company with five others, on Manly Beach, a suburb of Sydney.
For these and other reasons I cannot in any wise agree with Mr.
Thomas as to the approaching extermination of this species on the
mainland, nor can I allow, though confessedly unable to promulgate
a more ostensible theory, that the causes which conduced to the
annihilation, at what must have been a very recent period, of
Sarcophilus and Thylacinus from Eastern Australia, can have in
any degree affected D. maculatus, the former having been purely,
or at the least mainly terrestrial, while the latter is most emphati-
cally an arboreal Mammal. If the Dingo, as suggested by Mr.
Thomas, had anything whatever to do with the extermination of
our Native Cats, the first to disappear would have been D. viver-
rinus by far the most terrestrial of all the Dasyures.

Genus VI.—SARCOPHILUS, /. Cuvier (1837).

Body blotched with white. Form very stout and powerful.
Muzzle short and broad. Ears broad and rounded. Tail moderate,
evenly hairy. Feet plantigrade. Toes subequal, with well-
developed curved claws; hallux absent. Soles naked, without
defined pads.

a0 1.2.3.4 1.0.3.0 1.2.3.4 16)
Dentition.—I. 753-> CE eae, ee

Habits.—Fossorial ; carnivorous.

Note.—A fossil species, S. laniarius, Owen, sp., is found in the
Wellington Caves and at Gowrie, Queensland.

1. SaRcoPpHILUS URSINUS, Harris, sp. (1808).
Tasmanian Devil.
Fur thick and close, consisting largely of soft woolly underfur.
General color above and below black or blackish-brown, with a

BB

PERAMELID&. 19

variable number of white patches on the neck, shoulders, rump,
and chest, the pectoral patch only being constant. Ears hairy,
with well-marked basal tufts. Soles naked, coarsely granulated,
and without pads ; a small transversely-striated pad at the extreme
tip of each toe. Tail short, uniformly thickly hairy. Mamme ?

Dimensions.—Head and body about twenty-eight inches ; tail
about twelve inches.

Habitat.—Tasmania.

References.—Thomas, B.M. Catal. p. 259, pl. xxiv. fig. 2 (right
molar*); Gould, Mamm. Austr. i. pl. i:

Genus VII.—THYLACINUS, Vemminck (1827).

Back transversely banded with black. Size large; form wolf-like.
Muzzle long and slender. Ears of medium size. Tail well
developed, short-haired. Feet markedly digitigrade. Toes sub-
equal, with short, thick, conical claws. Hallux absent. Pouch
opening backwards. Mamme four. Marsupial bones rudimentary.

12.3.4 q 1 1.0.3.4 i, oo
Denistion.—I. 75, , C. 3, P. Tam M- gag x 2=46

Habits.—Terrestrial ; carnivorous.

Note.—Thylacinus speleus, Owen, a fossil form of larger size
than the living representative is also known from the Wellington
Caves and the Queensland Pleistocene.

1. THYLACINUS CYNOCEPHALUS, Harris, sp. (1808).
Tasmanian Wolf.

Fur short, close, and crisp. General color above pale finely
grizzled gray- ‘brown, with a faint yellowish or tawny tinge ; below
slightly paler. Round the eyes, edges and base of the ears "nearly
white. Posterior part of back with about sixteen blackish-brown
transverse bands, descending on the rump nearly to the knee.
Soles naked, coarsely granulated, without defined pads. Tail
with indistinct crests above and below, its tip blackish.

Dimensions.—Head and body about forty-four inches ; tail
about twenty-one inches.

Habitat.—Tasmania.

References.—Thomas, B.M. Catal. p. 255, pl. xxiv. fig. 1 (right
nolar®); Gould, Mamm. Austr. i. pls. lili. (head), liv.

Family I1.—PERAMELIDA.

Bandicoots.

Hind limbs decidedly the longer. Fore feet with two or gener-
ally three of the middle digits long, and clawed, the others rudi-

20 CHCROPUS

mentary or absent. Hind feet syndactylous, with four or five
toes very unequal in size ; hallux rudimentary or absent ; second
and third toes slender, united ; fourth strongest, long, with a large
claw ; fifth present, clawed. Clavicles absent. Ccecum present.
Pouch present, opening backwards.

Genus I.—CH@ROPUS, W. Ogzlby (1838).

Form light and slender. Muzzle short and narrow. Ears long
and narrow. Fore feet with the first and fifth digits absent, the
fourth rudimentary, the second and third fully developed with
long, slender claws. Hind feet with the hallux absent, the fifth
toe rudimentary, and the fourth very large. Tail cylindrical,
slightly crested along the upper surface. Mamme eight.

oye 1.2.3.4.5 1 1.0.3.4 1.2.3.4 ej ae
Dentition.—I. [Loom C. p es 03! M. 1.234 x 2=48.

Habits.—Terrestrial ; fossorial ; omnivorous.

1. Cua@Ropus CASTANOTIS, Gray (1842).
Pig-footed Bandicoot.

Size small ; form delicate. Fur coarse and straight, but not
spiny. Ears thinly haired, dull chestnut-brown behind, darkening
towards the tip. General color above coarse grizzled gray with
a tinge of fawn ; below white. Limbs long and slender. Tail
short, black above, gray on the sides and below.

Dimensions.—Head and body about ten inches ; tail about four
inches.

Habitat.—Western New South Wales and Victoria; South
and West Australia ; (Northern Territory ‘).

Type.—tIn the Australian Museum, Sydney.

References.—Thomas, B. M. Catal. p. 250; Gould, Mamm.
Austr. i. pl. vi.

Genus II.—PERAMELES, Geoffroy (1803).

Form varying from stout and clumsy to light and delicate.
Muzzle long and pig-like. Ears variable in size. Fore feet with
the first and fifth digits short and clawless, and the three middle
digits long and subequal with curved fossorial claws. Hind feet
with the hallux short and clawless, the second and third toes with
flat twisted nails, the fourth long and powerful with a stout pointed
claw, and the fifth similar but smaller. Tail tapering ; short-
haired or nearly naked. Mamme six or eight.

OA 1.2.3.4.5 or 0 1 1.0.3.4 1.2.3.4 6 ee
Dentition.—I1 iar ee C. Dp 1B. 103” M, 1234 xX 4 = 46 or 48,

Habits. —Terrestrial ; fossorial ; omnivorous.

Note.—The Bandicoots do a great amount of damage to culti-
vated lands and gardens, not only by digging up and consuming

PERAMELES. ' 21

large quantities of the seeds, roots, and bulbs planted by the
farmers, but also by being the especial enemy of earth-worms,
which by their constant and equable trituration of the soil, and
their introduction below the surface by means of their excreta of
such foreign substances as decaying leaves, &c., are generally ac-
cepted now as most potent friends of agriculture. These animals
fall naturally into two very distinct groups, the former of which,
represented by P. gunnz and its allies, inhabits the “stony ridges
of the hotter and more exposed parts,” while the latter, repre-
sented by P. obesula and its allies, is restricted to “low swampy
grounds covered with dense vegetation.”

From the Caves of the Wellington Valley, N.S. Wales, numer-
ous remains of Bandicoots have been secured in a fossil state, but
agreeing so intimately with recent forms as to make it injudicious
to separate them; the species represented are as follows: Pera-
meles bougainvillir, P. nasuta, P. obesula, an undescribed species
of Perameles and Peragale lagotis.

1, PERAMELES BOUGAINVILLII, Quoy & Gaimard (1824).
Western Striped Bandicoot.

Size small; form light and delicate. Fur coarse, but not spinous.
Muzzle long and slender. Ears long, narrow, and pointed, reach-
ing when laid forward beyond the eye; their backs grayish-flesh-
color, slightly darker on the anterior portion of their terminal
half. General color above grizzled olive-gray ; below white ;
sides of rump with ill-defined stripes. Soles hairy and black
posteriorly ; naked, granulated, and flesh-colored anteriorly; con-
spicuous round pads at bases of fourth and fifth toes. Tail
moderate, brown above, white below. Mamme eight.

Dimensions.—Head and body about nine inches; tail about
four and a quarter inches.

Habitat.—West Australia.

References.—Thomas, B.M. Catal. p. 246, pl. xxi. figs. 7 (ear),
8 (sole) ; Gould, Mamm, Austr. i. pl. x.

la. P. BOUGAINVILLI, var. FAscIATA, Gray (1841).
Eastern Striped Bandicoot.

Differs from the typical form only in the stronger contrast
between the dark and light patches on the back of the ears, and
in the rump-stripes being well defined and conspicuous.

Habitat.—South-eastern and southern Australia.

References.—Thomas, B. M. Catal. p. 248; Gould, Mamm.
Austr. i. pl. viii.

22 PERAMELES.

2, PERAMELES GUNNI, Gray (1838).
Tasmanian Striped Bandicoot.

Size large; form slender. Fur soft, not spinous. Muzzle long
and slender. Ears long and pointed, reaching when laid forward
beyond the eye ; their backs yellowish-brown, with a darker blotch
on the anterior portion of their terminal half. General color
above grizzled yellowish-brown; below white or yellowish-white ;
sides of rump with four vertical light bands. Soles hairy and
black posteriorly, naked and white anteriorly ; small round striated
pads at bases of fourth and fifth toes. Tail very short, slender,
white except on a short basal portion of the upper surface.
Mammee ?

Dimensions.—Head and body about sixteen inches ; tail less
than four inches.

Habitat.—Tasmania, and probably the coastal region of South-
eastern Victoria.

References.—Thomas, B. M. Catal. p. 245; Gould, Mamm.
Austr. 1. pl. ix.

3. PERAMELES NASUTA, Geoffroy (1804).
Long-nosed Bandicoot.

Size large; form slender. Fur coarse, hispid, and slightly
spinous. Muzzle very long and slender. General color above
dull olivaceous-brown ; below white. Ears long, narrow, and
pointed. Inner side of limbs and feet white. Soles granulated,
black and thinly hairy posteriorly, white and naked anteriorly.
Tail of moderate length, brown above, paler below. Mamme ?

Dimensions.—Head and body about sixteen inches ; tail abou
five inches.

Habitat.—Eastern Australia.

References.—Thomas, B. M. Catal. p. 242, pl. xxii. figs. 5 & 6
(skull) ; Gould, Mamm. Austr. 1. pl. xi.

4, PERAMELES MACRURA, Gould (1842).
North Australian Bandicoot.

Size large; form rather stout. Fur short, coarse, and spiny.
General color above coarsely grizzled yellow and black ; below
white or yellowish-white. Ears short and broad, their backs
brown, narrowly margined with white. Hands and feet brown,
or mixed brown and white. Soles naked and coarsely wrinkled.
Tail rather long, brown above, white below. Mamme eight.

Dimensions.—Head and body about sixteen inches ; tail about
seven inches.

Habitat.— Northern Australia.

References.—Thomas, B.M. Catal. p. 234.

PERAGALE. 23

5, PERAMELES AURATA, Ramsay (1887).
Golden Bandicoot.

Size small; form rather stout. Fur coarse and spiny. General
color above rich golden brown pencilled with black ; below white.
Kars short and broad.

Dimensions.—Head and body about eight and a half inches.

Habitat.—North-western Australia.

7T'ype.—In the Macleay Museum, Sydney University.

Reference.—Ramsay, P.L.S., N.S. Wales (2) ii. p. 551 (1887).

6. PERAMELES OBESULA, Shaw, sp. (1793).
Short-nosed Bandicoot.

Size medium ; form stout. In all other respects externally
resembling the P. macrura, except that the tail is shorter, the
feet rather less heavy, and the general color lighter.

Dimensions.—Head and body about fourteen inches ; tail about
five and a half inches.

Habitat.—Australia south of the tropics ; Tasmania.

References.—Thomas, B.M. Catal. p. 231, pl. xxi. fig. 5 (ear);
Gould, Mamm. Austr. i. pl. xii.

Genus IIJ.—PERAGALE, Gray (1841).

Form light and delicate. Muzzle long and narrow. Ears very
long. Fore feet with the first and fifth toes rudimentary and
clawless, and the three middle toes long, with powerful curved
claws. Hind limbs much longer than the fore. Hallux absent
externally. Soles hairy. Tail long, conspicuously crested on the
terminal half above.

+ 1.2.3.4.5 1 p 1.0.34 1234. «

Denitition.—I. 555, C. 3, P- rosa M- toaa x 2 = 48.

Habits.—Terrestrial ; fossorial ; omnivorous.

1. PERAGALE LEUCURA, Zhomas (1887).
White-tailed Rabbit-Bandicoot,

Size small ; form slender. Fur long, soft, and silky. General
color above pale yellowish-fawn ; below white. ars thinly
clothed with fine silvery hairs. Limbs white. Greater part of
the soles hairy. Tail moderate, slender, tapering, short-haired
except on the terminal third above, uniform white.

Dimensions. —Of adult unknown.

Habitat.—Unknown ; probably Central or North-Central
Australia.

References: —Thomas, B.M. Catal. p. 225, pls. ii., xxi. figs. 9
(palm), 10 (sole).

24 é PERAGALE.

2. PERAGALE LAGoTIS, Reid, sp. (1836).
Common Rabbit-Bandicoot.

Size large ; form light and delicate. Fur very long, soft, and
silky. General color above fawn-gray ; below white. Cheeks
and bases of ears white or pale fawn. Ears nearly naked, their
edges and the anterior part of the backs thinly clothed with pale
brown hairs. An indistinct darker vertical band on the sides of the
rump. Outer sides of the fore and backs of the hind limbs dark
gray grizzled with white ; remainder of limbs white. Soles almost
entirely thickly hairy. Tail of moderate length, thickly hairy
throughout, the basal third colored like the body, the middle third
black or dark brown, the terminal third white and prominently
crested above.

Dimensions.—Head and body about eighteen inches; tail about
nine inches.

Habitat.—South and West Australia.

References.—Thomas, B. M. Catal. p. 223, pl. xxii. fig. 1 (hull );
Gould, Mamm. Austr. i. pl. vii.

Suborder II.—Diprotodontia.

Normal characters.—Incisors three in the upper, one in the
lower jaw, the latter long and powerful. Canines usually small,
much smaller than the incisors, almost invariably absent below.
Molars bluntly tuberculate or ridged.

Frugivorous, graminivorous, phytophagous, herbivorous, rhizo-
phagous ; rarely insectivorous and mellivorous.

Exceptions.—One upper incisor only in each ramus in Phasco-
lomys ;, second lower incisor present in Phalanger, Trichoswrus,
Gymnobelideus, Dromicia, Distechurus, and Acrobates ; occa-
sionally in Pseudochirus and Petauroides ; second and third in
Dactylopsila ; second and occasionally third in Petawrus.

Family I1I.—PHASCOLOMYID/i.
Wombats.

Form stout and clumsy. Muzzle short and broad. Limbs
subequal, very thick and strong. Fore feet with five subequal
digits, each with a stout claw. Hind feet with the hallux short
and clawless ; the other toes with long, curved claws; the second
and third witha slight tendency to syndactyly. Tail rudimentary.
Stomach simple. Ccecum present. Pouch present. Mamme ?

Genus ].—PHASCOLOMYS, JZ. Geoffroy (1803).
Characters as those of the family.

PHALANGERIDA. 25

eet 1.0.0 ~ 0 0.0.0.4 2 Saw at ay
Dentition.—I. yy ©-m P: soow M- Toaa Xx 2= 24.

Habits.—Fossorial ; rhizophagous.

1. PHASCOLOMYS MITCHELLI, Owen (1838).
Common Australian Wombat.

Size large. Rhinarium large, naked, and black. Fur coarse,
harsh, and hispid. Color above and below either yellow, grizzled
yellow and black, or black. Ears short, rounded, and well-
haired. Ribs of the exceptional number of fifteen.

Dimensions.—Head and body about forty-four inches.

Habitat.—New South Wales, Victoria, and South Australia.

References.—Thomas, B. M. Catal. p. 213; Gould, Mamm.
Austr, 1. pls. lvl. (head), lviii.

2. PHAscoLoMys uURSINUS, Shaw, sp. (1800).
Tasmanian Wombat.

Differs in no respect from the preceding except in its smaller
size. Color above and below uniform dark grizzled grayish-brown.

Dimensions.—Head and body about thirty-eight inches.
Habitat.—Tasmania, and Islands in Bass’ Straits.

References.—Thomas, B. M. Catal. p. 215; Gould, Mamm.
Austr. 1. pls. lv. (head), lvi.

3. PHASCOLOMYS LATIFRONS, Owen (1845)
Hairy-nosed Wombat.

Size moderate. Rhinarium hairy, velvety to the touch, and white.
Fur straight, soft, and silky. General color above mottled gray ;
tip of muzzle, a spot above and below the eyes, cheeks, throat,
and chest white ; chin black ; rest of underside dirty gray. Ears
comparatively long, narrow, and pointed; outwardly sparsely
clothed with black hairs, inwardly naked. Ribs of the normal
number of thirteen.

Dimensions.—Head and body about forty inches.
Habitat.—South Australia.

References.—Thomas, B. M. Catal. p. 217; Gould, Mamm.
Austr. i. pls. lix. (head), 1x.

Family I[V.—PHALANGERID.

All the feet with five digits, those of the fore limbs generally
subequal ; those of the hind limbs syndactylous, fairly stout and
well developed ; fourth toe the longest, the fifth but little smaller ;

26 PHASCOLARCTIN ©.

hallux present, large, widely opposable, with a broad, nailless,
terminal pad. Tail (except in Phascolarctus) very long, and
almost always prehensile. Stomach simple. Ccecum present
(except in 7arsipes). Pouch well developed, opening backwards.

Subfamily I.—PuHascoLarctinm.

Tail wanting. Muzzle short and broad. Tongue not extensile.
Cheek-pouches present. Ccoecum large and complicated. Teeth
large.

Genus IL—PHASCOLARCTUS, Slainville (1816).

Size large ; form very stout and clumsy. Fur thick and woolly.
Ears large, thickly furred. Flanks without flying-membrane.
Fore toes subequal, their lengths in the following relative order—
4, 3, 5, 2, 1; the first and second opposable to the others. Claws
thick, strong, and sharply pointed. Palms and soles granulated
without striated pads. Tail rudimentary. Mammez two. Ribs
numbering eleven only.

Dentition.—I. 725, C. & P. gopa M. (84 x 2=30.

Habits.—Arboreal ; phytophagous.

Note.—A fifth lower molar is occasionally developed.

1. PHASCOLARCTUS CINEREUS, Goldf., sp. (1819).

Koala; Native Bear.
Fig. 2.

Side view of skull of Phascolarctus cinereus, reduced one half.

General color above gray ; below white or yellowish-white.
Rhinarium thinly clothed with minute hairs. Ears rounded, the
hairs on their backs black tipped with white ; elsewhere white. ~
rump dirty yellowish-white, sometimes irregularly spotted. Hands
and feet white.

TRICHOSURUS. rafg

Dimensions.—Head and body about thirty-two inches.
Habitat.—Eastern Australia.

References.—Thomas, B. M. Catal. p. 210; Gould, Mamm.
Austr. i. pls. xiii. (head), xiv.

Subfamily I[.—PHaLancERinas.
Australian Opossums. :
Tail well developed, generally prehensile. Muzzle short and
broad. Tongue not extensile. No cheek-pouches. Cocum
present, large. Stomach simple. Teeth large.

Genus IL—PHALANGER, Storr (1780).

Size large or medium; form stout. Fur thick and woolly.
Ears medium or short. Flanks without flying-membrane. Fore
toes subequal, their lengths in the following relative order—
4, 3, 5, 2, 1. Claws long, stout, and curved. Soles naked,
striated ; pads large and ill-defined. Tail strong, its terminal
portion naked all round, smooth or granulated, prehensile.
Mamme four.

Dentition.—I. +25, C. % P. foep M. ey—16+4 x 2=40.

Habits.—Arboreal ; phytophagous.

1. PHALANGER MACULATUS, ZL. Geoffroy, sp. (1803).
Spotted Cuscus.

Size large. Fur soft. Top of muzzle above rhinarium thinly
haired. Ears small, thinly clothed both inside and outside with
soft woolly hair. General colors above various combinations of
white, rufous, and black; below white tinged with yellow or
rufous. Tail generally deep yellow, furry from one-half to three-
fourths of its length above, and from one-third to one-half below.

Dimensions.—Head and body about twenty-six inches ; tail
about nineteen inches.

Habitat.—Northern Australia (Cape York District); Southern
New Guinea ; Austro-Malayan subregion from Saleyer eastward.

References.—Thomas, B. M. Catal. p. 197, pl. xxi. fig. 2 (ear);
Gould, Mamm. Austr. i. pl. xxi. (@ ).

Genus III.—TRICHOSURUS, Lesson (1828).

Size large ; form stout. Fur thick and woolly. Ears medium
or short. Flanks without flying membrane. Fore toes subequal,
their lengths in the following relative order—4, 3, 2, 5, 1.
Claws large and strong. Soles thickly hairy under the heels ; the
rest naked, with low rounded ill-defined pads. Tail strong, its

28 TRICHOSURUS.

terminal third or half naked beneath ; its extreme tip naked all
round. <A gland on the chest. Mamme?
ws 123 1 1.0.0.4 1.2.3.4
Dentition.—l. 735 ©. P- dosm M. coga = (at most) 16+ 2
eb.

Habits —Arboreal ; phytophagous.

1. TricHosurus caninus, W. Ogilby, sp. (1835).
Short-eared Opossum.

Size large. Fur comparatively short. Ears short, evenly
rounded, not so long as broad. General color above clear grizzled
gray or deep umber-brown with a rufous tinge, paler on the fore-
quarters, sides, and below, darker along the posterior back.
Tail very thick and bushy, nearly wholly black.

Dimensions.—Head and body about twenty-two inches; tail
about fifteen inches.

Habitat.—New South Wales ; Southern Queensland.

References.—Thomas, B. M. Catal. p. 191; Gould, Mamm.
Austr. i. pl. xvii.

2. TRICHOSURUS VULPECULA, Kerr, sp. (1792).
Common Opossum,

Size small. Fur close, thick, and woolly. General color above
clear grizzled gray ; below, chin more or less blackish ; throat,
chest, and belly white or dirty yellow ; a median chest-patch in
adults rusty red. Ears long and narrow, much longer than
broad, nearly naked inside and terminally outside. Hands and
feet white, gray, or brown. ‘Tail thick, cylindrical, and bushy,
terminal half or two-thirds gray, its end black ; the extreme tip
occasionally white, the naked part below transversely wrinkled,
from three to six inches in extent.

Dimensions.—Head and body about eighteen inches ; tail about
eleven inches.

Habitat.—All Australia except the Cape York District.

References.—Thomas, B. M. Catal. p. 187; Gould, Mamm.
Austr. i. pl. xvi.

Note.—The Phalangista johnstonii of Dr. Ramsay is now con-
sidered by its author as a larger and more brightly colored local
variety of 7’. vulpecula.

T. VULPECULA, var. FULIGINOSUS, W. Ogilby, sp. (1831).
Tasmanian Opossum.

Size larger, and form stouter and heavier than in the typical
form. Fur longer and thicker. General color rufous-gray or
deep umber-brown. Ears with little or no white behind. Tail
very thick and bushy, almost wholly black.

PSEUDOCHIRUS. 29

Dimensions.—Head and body about twenty-three inches ; tail
about fifteen inches.

H abitat.—Tasmania ;

References.—Thomas, B. M. Catal. p. 190; Gould, Mamm.
Austr. i. pl. xv.

Genus IV.—PSEUDOCHIRUS, W. Ogilby (1836).

Size large or medium. Fur short and rather woolly. Ears
medium or short, hairy behind. Flanks without flying membrane.
Fore toes subequal, the two inner ones markedly opposable to the
outer three, their relative lengths as follows—4, 3, 5, 2, 1.
Claws moderate. Palms and soles naked, with large rounded
and striated pads. Tail long and tapering ; its tip naked under-
neath for a varying distance ; markedly prehensile. Mamme
four.

Dentition.—I, 55°", OC. 40°, P. 034 M, 1224=15 or 174
(at most) 3 x 2 = 36 or 40.

Habits.—Arboreal ; phytophagous.

1. PsEUDOCHIRUS ARCHERI, Collett, sp. (1884).
Archer’s Opossum. ‘Tula’ of the Aborigines.

Size moderate. Fur soft, close, and thick. General color above
grizzled grayish-green ; below, chin grayish-white, remainder pure
white. A distinct pale yellow spot both above and below the
eyes. ars very short, broader than long, rounded, their posterior
edges and a spot beneath their bases white. A black central
line on the nape and back ; two indistinctly dark-edged whitish
lines bordering the central line. Distal third of tail white.
Naked part beneath tip less than half the length of tail.

Dimensions.— Head and body about fourteen inches ; tail about
thirteen inches.
Habitat.—Herbert River District, Queensland.

References.—Thomas, B.M. Catal. p. 177 ; Collett, P.Z.S. 1884,
p. 381, pl. xxix.

2. PSEUDOCHIRUS COOKI, Desmarest, sp. (1817).
Tasmanian Ring-tailed Opossum.

Size moderate. Fur very thick, close, and woolly. General
color above dark smoky-brown; below white. Ears large, rounded,
the anterior part of the back brown, the posterior margin
generally white. Hands and feet dark brown or black. Tail
dark brown, the distal two to four inches white ; the naked part
below smooth, from three to five inches long.

30 PSEUDOCHIRUS.

Dimensions. — Body and head about fourteen inches, tail nearly
the same length.

Habitat. —Tasmania.

References.—Thomas, B. M. Catal. p. 176, pls. xviii. fig. 7
(jaws); xix. fig. 4 (upper view of skull); Gould, Mamm. Austr.
ipl. xix.

3. PSEUDOCHIRUS OCCIDENTALIS, Thomas (1888).
Western Ring-tailed Opossum.

Size moderate. General color above deep smoky-gray; below
white. Ears thinly hairy, the white spot on the posterior margin
small. Hands and feet darker than the rest of the limbs. White
tip of tail extending over five or six inches ; naked part below
smooth, about four inches long.

Dimensions.—Head and body about thirteen inches ; tail about
twelve inches.

Habitat.—West Australia.

References.—Thomas, B.M. Catal. p. 174, pls. xviii. fig. 6
(upper jaw); xix. fig. 3 (upper view of skull).

4, PSEUDOCHIRUS PEREGRINUS, Boddaert, sp. (1785).
Common Ring-tailed Opossum.

Size large. General color above gray or rufous in varying
proportions ; below white, grayish-white, or rufous. Region
round the eyes often prominently rufous. lars rather large,
their backs usually gray anteriorly with the posterior white patch
distinct, sometimes uniform rufous. Outer side of arms and legs
rufous. Hands and feet white or pale rufous. Middle third of
tail black or nearly so ; from one to four inches of the tip white ;
naked part beneath smooth, transversely striated, from one to
four inches long.

Dimensions.—Head and body about sixteen inches ; tail about
fourteen inches.

Habitat.—Eastern Australia from Southern Queensland to
South Australia.

References.—Thomas, B. M. Catal. p. 172, pls. xvii. fig. 4
(ear); xvill. fig. 5 (jaeus); xix. fig. 2 (upper view of skull);
Gould, Mamm. Austr. i. pls. xviii. (P. cooki), xx. (P. lanuginosa).

5, PSEUDOCHIRUS HERBERTENSIS, Collett, sp. (1884).
Herbert River Opossum. ‘Oota’ of the Aborigines

Size moderate. Fur thick, close, and woolly. General color
above dark umber-brown ; below, chin brown, chest and _ belly
white, or grayish-white with irregular white patches, ars short,

PETAUROIDES. 31

-Limbs dark brown sometimes with white rings. Clothing of tail
woolly ; from one to three inches of tip white ; naked part beneath
from five to six inches long, coarsely shagreened.

Dimensions.—Head and body about fourteen inches ; tail about
thirteen inches.

Habitat.—Herbert River District, Queensland.

References.—Thomas, B.M. Catal. p. 170; Collett, P.Z.S. 1884,
p. 383, pl. xxx.

6. PsEUDOCHIRUS LEMUROIDES, Collett, sp. (1884).
Sombre Opossum. ‘Yap-pi’ of the Aborigines.

Size rather large. Fur soft and woolly. General color above
dark brownish-gray ; below dirty yellowish-gray. Ears of moderate
length. Limbs dark brown becoming black terminally. Tail
rather short, clothed with uniform thick black fur ; its naked
part below short.

Dimensions.—Head and body about fifteen inches ; tail about
twelve inches.

Habitat.—Herbert River District, Queensland.

References.—Thomas, B.M. Catal. p. 170; Collett, P.Z.S. 1884,
p. 385, pl. xxxi.

Genus V.—PETAUROIDES, Thomas (1888).

Size large. Fur very long, soft, and silky. Ears very large,
oval, naked inside, hairy outside. Flanks with a flying-nembrane.
Fore toes subequal, their respective lengths as follows—4, 3, 5,
2,1. Claws very long, strongly curved, and sharply pointed.
Tail long, cylindrical, evenly bushy; the extreme tip beneath
naked and prehensile.

“4° 1.2.3 u 1.0.3.4 1.2.3.4
Dentition.—l. 1.2.0? C 0 12) 1.03.4 M. heen 17 + (at most) 3 (or

16 + 4) x 2 = 40.

Habits.—Arboreal ; phytophagous.

Note.—Both the genera whose names have been associated with
the Great Flying Opossum prove to be inadmissable, Volwccella
(Bechstein, 1800) having been used by Fabricius six years
previously for a genus of Dipterous insects, while the better
known name of Petawrista (Desmarest, 1820) had been used as a
synonym of Péeromys by G. Fischer a few years earlier.

1, PeTavuROIDEs vouans, Kerr, sp. (1792).
Greater Flying Opossum.

Fur long, soft, and fluffy. General color dark ashy gray,
varying from nearly black to pale whitish-gray. ars very large,

ae PETAUROIDES.

oval, and evenly rounded, their inner surface entirely naked, their
outer thickly covered with fur similar to that on the head. Under”
surface white or pale yellowish. Outer sides and backs of limbs
black or dark brown, inner sides white or pale gray. Hands and
feet thickly fringed with black hairs. Fingers and toes very
thick. Palms and soles naked, the pads low, rounded, and finely
striated. Tail ashy-gray or blackish, ¢ generally darkest terminally.
Naked part beneath short, not sharply separated from the hairy
part, its surface not roughened. Upper canine and first premolar
larger than in the succeeding form.

Dimensions.—Head and body about seventeen inches ; tail
about twenty inches.
Habitat.—Eastern Australia from Queensland to Victoria.

References. . p 164, \ pls. xvin. figs.42
(palms ) 3 (naked portion of tail); xviii. figs. 1 (upper view of
skull), 2 (dentition) ; Gould, Mamm. Austr. i. pl. xxii.

la. P. VoLANS, var, MINOR, Collett, sp. (1887).
Lesser Flying Opossum.
Differs from the typical form only in its smaller size, in the
feebler development of the upper canine and of the first premolar,
which latter is quite minute and sometimes absent.

Dimensions.—Head and body about twelve inches ; tail about
eighteen inches.

Habitat.—Central Queensland.

References.—Thomas, B. M. Catal. p. 166, pl. xviii. fig. 3
(dentition).

Note. —I do not think that it is advisable to separate Dr.
Ramsay’s 2. cinereus from this variety.

Genus VI.—DACTYLOPSILA, Gray (1858).

Size medium. Ears oval, nearly naked terminally. No trace
of a flyingmembrane. Fore toes very unequal, the fourth much
the longest, the others respectively as follows—3, 5, 2,1. Fourth
and fifth hind toes much longer than the others. A prominent,
proximal pad on the carpus. ” Claws long. Tail long, cylindrical,
evenly bushy, the extreme tip naked below.

1.2.3 J 1.0.3.4 1.2.3
Dentition.—l. yyy ©. Eos i=

Habits.—Arboreal ; a ee

=15+5 x 2=40.

1. DAcTYLOPSILA TRIVIRGATA, Gray (1858).
Striped Opossum.

Fur close, thick, and woolly, but rather harsh. General color
above, white with black stripes ; below, chin with a black spot,

PETAURUS 33

chest, belly, and inner side of limbs white or pale yellow, Three
black stripes above, the median one from the occiput along the
back and tail, broadest centrally ; the lateral stripes commencing
on the sides of the snout passing along the neck and back, and
sending off-shoots downwards in front of the shoulder, and along
the limbs to the hands and feet, which are brown. Soles finely
granulated. Pads large, rounded, and finely striated, except the
carpal pad, which is narrow, smooth, and unstriated. Terminal
third of tail wholly black, or with a prominent white tip ; its
naked part more than an inch in length.

Dimensions.—Head and body about twelve inches ; tail about
thirteen inches.
Habitat.—Central Queensland to Waigiou.

References.—Thomas, B. M. Catal. p. 160, pls. xvii. fig. 1
(hand) ; xxi. fig. 1 (sole showing pads) ; Gould, Mamm., Austr. i.?

Genus VII.—PETAURUS, Shaw (1791).

Size medium or small. Fur very soft and silky. Ears fairly
large, oval, nearly naked. Flanks with a broad flying-membrane.
Fore toes evenly lengthening outwardly, the fifth being the longest
in the larger species, the fourth in the smaller. Claws very
strong, sharp, and much curved. Tail long, evenly bushy every-
where. Sexual crown- and chest-glands present.

ope 4.23 1 1.0.3.4 1.2.3.4
a = = Es aid oe .
Dentition.—I. iaw OH Tore M. isc4 = 16+4 x 2=40

Habits.—Arboreal ; phytophagous.

1. Peraurus AusTRALIs, Shaw (1791).
Yellow-bellied Flying-Opossum.

Size large. Fur long. Rhinarium large, naked, finely granu-
lated. General color above brown, variously marked with orange
and black; below, chin and inner sides of wrists and ancles
blackish ; rest of under surface deep orange. Ears long, narrow,
naked inside and terminally outside, with a prominent yellow
patch along the posterior margins. Median line of back and
upper surface of parachutes dark brown ; edges of the latter
orange, except near its origin and insertion where it is broadly
fringed with black. Hands and feet above black. Palms and
soles naked and finely striated, the pads broad, rounded, ill-defined.
Length of fore toes as follows—5, 4, 3, 2,1. Tail very long,
very bushy, gray above ; below at the base orange, darkening to
black at the tip. Mamme two?

Dimensions.—Head and body about twelve inches ; tail about
seventeen inches.

Habitat.—Coast ranges of New South Wales and Victoria,
Cc

34 PETAURUS.

References.—Thomas, B. M. Catal. p. 151, pl. xv. fig. 11
(palm) ; Gould, Mamm. Austr. i. pl. xxiii.

2, PETAURUS SCIUREUS, Shaw, sp. (1794).
Squirrel-like Flying-Opossum.

Size moderate. Fur soft and silky, slightly woolly. General
color above a soft pale gray, with a well defined dark brown or
black dorsal band; below white with a tinge of yellow. Ears
rather variable in size, nearly naked inside, and terminally outside ;
a deep black patch present along their external bases, succeeded
posteriorly by a prominent white or pale yellow spot. Upper
surface of parachute dark brown or grayish, the edges fringed
with white or pale yellow. Hands and feet above white or pale
gray. Palms and soles much as in P. australis, as also is the
proportionate length of the toes. Tail moderate, very bushy, its
color above and below gray, darkening terminally into black.
Mamme (?)

Dimensions.—Head and body about ten inches ; tail about
eleven inches.
Habitat.—Eastern Australia from Queensland to Victoria.

References.—Thomas, B. M. Catal. p. 153; Gould, Mamm.
Austr. i. pl. xxiv.

3. PETAURUS BREVICEPS, Waterhouse (1838).
Lesser Flying-Opossum.

Size small. Fur soft and silky. General colors as in P. sciwreus,
but with the dorsal band generally indistinct. Ears large. Length
of fore toes as follows—4, 5, 3, 2, 1. Tail markedly more bushy
basally.

Dimensions.—Head and body about seven inches ; tail about
eight inches.

Habitat.—Northern and eastern Australia. Tasmania (intro-
duced in 1835.)

References.—Thomas, B. M. Catal. p. 156, pls. xv. fig. 9 (ear);
xvi. figs. 9 (palatal view of skull), 10 (dentition) ; Gould, Mamm.,
Austr. i. pls. xxv. (P. breviceps), xxvi. (P. notatus), and xxvii.
(P. ariel).

Genus VIII.—GYMNOBELIDEUS, McCoy (1867).

Size small. General appearance as in Petawrus. Ears large,
naked, untufted. No flying-membrane. Toes of normal propor-
tions ; their respective lengths as follows—4, 3, 5, 2,1. Claws
less developed than in Petawrus. Tail long, cylindrical, and
bushy.

Cc

DROMICIA. 35

ave 1.2.3 1 0.3.4 2.34
Dentition.—l. 755 C.5% P. oan M. sas 16+4 x 2=40.

Habits.—Arboreal ; phytophagous.

1, GYMNOBELIDEUS LEADBEATERI, M/cCoy (1867).
-Leadbeater’s Opossum.

Fur soft and close. General color above brownish-gray ; below
dull yellowish. A central dusky streak along the nape and back.
A dark patch under base of ear, and fainter ones before and
behind the eye. Ears large, semi-elliptical, nearly naked towards
the tip. Terminal toe-pads of fore feet large and wrinkled.
Palm- and sole-pads large, low, and finely striated. Tail pale
brown.

Dimensions.—Head and body about five and a half inches ;
tail about one inch longer.

Habitat.—Victoria (Bass River).

References. —Thomas, B.M. Catal. p. 149 ; McCoy, Prodr. Zool.
Vie. pl. xci. (animal, skull, and feet).

Genus IX.—DROMICTA, Gray (1841).

Size small. Ears large and thin, almost naked. No flying-
membrane. Fingers and toes normally proportioned, without
broad terminal pads, the respective lengths of the former as
follows—3, 4, 2, 5,1. Fore claws short and rudimentary ; hind
claws as usual. Tail cylindrical, its base furry, the remainder
finely scaly, and clothed with short hairs ; the extreme tip beneath
roughened, naked, and prehensile. Mamme four.

oa 1.2.3 1 lor1.0.3o0r3.4 yq_ 1.2.3.00r4 _
Dentition.—I. aes C. e je 7 aaaGed? M. Taatesaz (at most
normally) 17+3x2=40.

Habits.—Arboreal ; phytophagous.

1. Dromicta conctnna, Gowld (1845).
Western Dormouse-Opossum.

Size small; form very light and delicate. General color above
bright fawn ; the belly hairs pure white throughout. Dark eye-
mark almost obsolete. Ears long, rather narrow, evenly oval.
Outsides of limbs fawn, insides white. Tail slender, not
incrassated.

Dimensions.—Head and body about three inches ; tail rather
longer.

Habitat.—South and West Australia.

References.—Thomas, B. M. Catal. p. 146, pl. xvi. fig, 8
(dentition); Gould, Mamm. Austr. 1. pl. xxx.

36 DROMICIA.

2. DromiciA NANA, Desmarest, sp. (1817).
Common Dormouse-Opossum.

Size large; form rather thick and clumsy. Fur thick and soft,
rather woolly. Rhinarium naked, finely granulated. General
color above uniform dull fawn, below slate color, tipped with
dirty white. Dark eye-mark indistinct. Ears large, narrow,
evenly oval. Limbs gray; hands brown, feet whitish. Tail
rather long ; the basal inch incrassated.

Dimensions.—Head and body about four inches; tail rather more,

Habitat.—Tasmania.

References.—Thomas, B. M. Catal. p. 144, pls. xv. figs. 5 (sole),
6 (palm), 7 (back of hand); xvi. figs. 6 (upper view of skull),
7 (dentition) ; Gould, Mamm. Austr. i. pls. xxvi. xxix.

3. Dromicta LEPIDA, Thomas (1888).
Lesser Dormouse-Opossum.

Size small; form slender and graceful. Fur fine, soft, and
silky. Rhinarium finely granulated. General color above pale
bright fawn, below dark slaty tipped with white. Dark eye-
mark inconspicuous. Ears large and broad ; almost naked.
Palms and soles naked, finely granulated. Tail rather long, the
basal half inch furry.

Dimensions.—Head and body rather less than the tail which
is about three inches.

Habitat.—Tasmania.

References.—Thomas, B. M. Catal. p. 142, pls. xv. fig. 8 (ear) ;
xvi. figs. 2 (palatal view of skull), 3 (upper view of do.), 4 & 5
(dentition).

Genus X.—ACROBATES, Desmarest (1817).

Size very small. Ears medium. Flanks with a narrow flying
membrane. Toes of normal proportions, all provided with a
broadened, striated, terminal pad ; length of fore toes as follows—
4, 3, 5, 2, 1. Claws sharp and well developed, though but little
prominent. Tail with a broad fringe of hairs on each side.
Mamme four.

as 1.2.3 1 1.0.3.4 ee Okan ON —
Dentition.—l. tao Cos P. ae M. jac = 16 + 2x2 = 36.

Habits.—Arboreal ; insectivorous.

1. AcRoBATES pyGmMzus, Shaw, sp. (1794).
Pigmy Flying-Opossum.
Form very light and delicate. Fur soft, straight, and silky.
Rhinarium naked and well-defined. General color above grayish-

TARSIPES. 37

brown, below and inner side of limbs white. Area round and
just in front of eyes brown. Tufts of hairs just behind the eye,
and inside the ears, which are of medium size, fawn color on the
outside anteriorly, white posteriorly. Edges of parachute fringed
with longer hairs. Hands and feet brown. Tail rather long,
fawn color, its extreme tip below naked, probably prehensile.

Dimensions.—Head and body about three inches; tail about
the same length.

Habitat.—Queensland, south of 20° 8. lat., New South Wales,
and Victoria.

References.—Thomas, B. M. Catal. p. 136; Gould, Mamm.
Austr. 1. pl. xxviii.

Subfamily III.—'Tarsipepin=.

Tail long. Snout very long and slender ; tongue extensile. No
cecum. Cheek-teeth minute and rudimentary.

Genus XI.—TARSIPES, Gervais & Verreauax (1842).

Size small; form slender. Head long and narrow; muzzle
elongate; tongue long. Ears medium, thinly haired. Palms and
soles naked and granulated. All the claws rudimentary, except
those on the syndactylous second and third hind toes. Pouch
present. Tail very long, thinly haired, prehensile. Mammez
four. Upper canines and lower incisors comparatively well

developed.

Dentition (apparently)—I. 5% C: j P. doom M- (at most) 135
x 2=22.

Habits.—Arboreal ; insectivorous ; mellivorous.

1. TarRsIPES RosTRATUS, Gerv. & Verr. (1842).
Long-snouted Pouched Mouse.

Fur short, coarse, and hispid. Rhinarium naked, finely granu-
lar, sharply defined. General color above gray, striped with black
or brown ; below yellowish-white. An indistinct pale area round
each eye. Ears rounded. Arms and legs gray; hands and feet
white. Palms and soles, each with five distinct pads. Fourth
and fifth toes disproportionately long and practically clawless,
like the hallux ; junction of second and third toes very complete.
Tail brown above, white or pale yellow on the sides and below ;
the extreme tip below naked.

Dimensions.—Head and body about three inches; tail about
four inches.

Habitat.— West Australia.

38 HYPSIPRYMNODON.

References.—Thomas, B. M. Catal. p. 132; Gould, Mamm.
Austr. i. pl. v.

Family V.—MACROPODIDAS.

Progression generally saltatorial. Hind limbs much the longer.
Fore feet with fire digits ; hind feet syndactylous, the fourth toe
very large with a strong claw; the fifth similar but smaller; the
second and third slender and united. Stomach sacculated. Coecum
present. Pouch large, opening forwards.

Subfamily [.—HypsipRyMNoDONTINa!.

Size very small. Claws small, feeble, and subequal. Hallux
present, opposable. Tail naked and scaly.

Genus I.— HY PSIPRYMNODON, Ramsay (1876).

Form rat-like. Rhinarium wholly naked. Ears large, thin,
and naked. Limbs subequal, not saltatorial. Hind feet with a
long opposable clawless hallux ; fourth toe not disproportionately
larger than the others, the fifth and combined second and third
toes all well developed. Tail cylindrical, tapering, only the
extreme base hairy.

Dentition. —I. +73, C. 5, P. foep M. 755 x 2=34.

Habits.—Terrestrial, and at least partially arboreal ; insecti-
vorous, frugivorous, and rhizophagous.

1. HypstPRYMNODON MoscHATUS, Ramsay (1876).
Australian Musk Rat.

Fur close, crisp, and velvety. Ears rounded, naked except at
their bases behind, blackish flesh-color. General color above and
below finely grizzled rusty orange-gray, the orange deepest on the
back. Fingers naked and scaly; palms with five large transversely
ridged pads ; upper surface of fourth toe only hairy ; soles with
five transversely striated pads. Tail naked except on the proxi-
mal inch, scaly, black above, paler below.

Dimensions.—Head and body about ten inches; tail about
six and a half inches.

Habitat.—Herbert River District, Queensland.
Type.—In the Australian Museum, Sydney.

References.—Thomas, B.M. Catal. p. 123, pls. xiv. fig. 11 (fourth
premolar), xv. fig. 1 (hind foot); Ramsay, P.L.S. N.S.W. 1. p. 34.

POTOROUS. 39

Subfamily II.—Portoroinz.
Rat-Kangaroos.

Size small. Claws of fore feet very large, those of the three
median digits disproportionately larger than those of the outer.
Hallux wanting. Taillong and hairy. Canines always present,
generally well developed.

Genus IJ.—POTOROUS, Desmarest (1804).

Size variable. Rhinarium naked. Ears very short, rounded.
Fore claws long and rather slender. Hind limb not dispropor-
tionately longer than the fore limb ; hind feet very short, shorter
than the head, the soles naked and coarsely granulated. Tail
tapering, hairy, without trace of crest.

Dentition.—I. 77, C.%, P. joe4, M. F334 x 2=34,

Habits.—Terrestrial ; herbivorous.

1, Pororous pLaAtyops, Gould, sp. (1844).
Broad-faced Rat-kangaroo.

Size very small. Naked part of rhinarium not extending back-
wards along the top of the muzzle. Face very short and broad.
Fur long, coarse, and straight. Hind feet very short, long-haired.
General color above grizzled dark grayish-brown ; below white or
grayish-white. Back of ears dark brown. ‘Tail black above,
dirty-white below.

Dimensions.—Head and body about fourteen inches; tail about
eight inches ; hind foot less than two-thirds of an inch.

Habitat.—West Australia.

References.—Thomas, B.M. Catal. p. 121, pl. xiii. fig. 13 (upper
view of skull); Gould, Mamm. Austr. ii. pl. xx.

2. PoToRoUS GILBERTI, Gould, sp. (1841).
Gilbert’s Rat-Kangaroo.

Size medium. Naked part of rhinarium extending backwards
along the top of the muzzle. Face long and narrow. Hind feet
long, short-haired. Fur and general colors as in P. platyops. Tail
gray at base, deepening in color to black terminally.

Dimensions.—Head and body about fifteen and a half inches ;
tail about seven inches; hind foot more than two-thirds of an inch.

Habitat.—South-west Australia.

References.—Thomas, B.M. Catal. p. 120; Gould, Mamm. Austr
ii, pl. lxix.

40 POTORUS.

3. Pororous TRIDAcTYLUS, Kerr, sp. (1792).
Common Rat-Kangaroo.

Size variable, large, or medium. Other external characters aS
in P. gilberti, but the naked part of the rhinarium extends rathe"
further backwards.

Dimensions.—Head and body about sixteen and a half inches ;
tail about nine inches ; hind foot from two-thirds to four-fifths of
an inch,

Habitat.—New South Wales, Victoria, South Australia and
Tasmania.

References.—Thomas, B.M. Catal. p. 117, pls. xi. fig. 13 (rhin-
arium ), xiii. fig. 12 (fourth premolar ), xiv. fig. 10 (nasals); Gould,
Mamm. Austr. ii. pls. xvii. (P. murinus ), Ixviii. (P. apicalis).

The two Tasmanian forms, P. aprcalis which is larger and P.
rufus which is smaller than continental examples may prove to
be good species.

Genus IIJI.—CALOPRYMNUS, Zhomas (1888).

Rhinarium naked. Ears short and rounded. Fore-claws long
and strong. Hind feet longer than the head, their soles naked
and coarsely granulated, Tail thin, cylindrical, evenly short-
haired, without trace of crest.

+) 1.2.3 1 0.0 3.4 1.2.3.4 5) =
Dentition.—1L. 10.0? CO: ri lee 0.0.34 M. 12.34 x 2 = 34.

Habits.—Terrestrial; herbivorous.

1. CALOPRYMNUS CAMPESTRIS, Gould, sp. (1843).
Plain Rat-Kangaroo.

Size large. Form slender and delicate. Face broad between
the orbits. Fur soft and straight. General color above grizzled
sandy, darker on the back, brighter on the sides; below pale
sandy-white. Ears with close, short, yellow hairs. Arms and
legs bright sandy rufous; hands and feet white, the hairs quite
short. Tail sparsely clothed with pale yellowish hairs, which are
closest on the underside of the tip. Centre of chest naked and
apparently glandular.

Dimensions.—Head and body about eighteen inches ; tail about
fourteen inches.
Habitat.—South Australia.

References.—Thomas, B.M. Catal. p. 115, pls. xiii. fig. 11( fourth
premolar), xiv. tig. 9 (upper view of skull); Gould, Mamm. Austr.
ii. pl. 1xvi. ood

BETTONGIA. 41

Genus IV. BETTONGIA, Gray (1837).

Rhinarium wholly naked. Ear very short and rounded. Fore
claws long and strong. Hind feet longer than the head, the soles
naked and coarsely granulated. Tail more or less prehensile,
thickly hairy, with a more or less distinct crest.

<4 L328 4 2 0.0.3.4 Vad eae
Dentiiion.—I. 7, ©. P- opgp M- oaa X 2= 34.

Habits.—Terrestrial; herbivorous.

Note.—It occasionally happens that a fifth molar is present
either in one or both rami of the upper jaw, or even in both rami
of both jaws, so that, as Mr. Oldfield Thomas remarks, while
having the comparatively highly specialized characters of the
other members of the family, this genus presents the remarkable
condition of retaining such an ancient and generalized character
as the possession of more than four molars. On the other hand
the fourth molar is often aborted. The members of this genus
alone among terrestrial mammals possess prehensile tails, which
they use for carrying grass, sticks, &c., these being firmly held by
the tail being twisted downwards upon them. The four species
are very similar to each other externally, so much so that no
reliance can be placed on any determination which does not rest
upon an examination of the cranial and dental characters.

1. BEYTONGIA LESUEURI, Quoy & Gaimard, sp. (1824).
Lesueur’s Rat-Kangaroo.

Fur soft, close, and thick. General color above grizzled gray ;
below white ; sometimes an indistinct white hip-mark. Arms
and legs white ; hands and feet white or pale brown ; hairs of the
latter long and bristly, nearly covering the claws. Tail colored
above like the back, the upper hairs not forming a distinct crest ;
below pale brown or white ; the tip white.

Dimensions.—Head and body about eighteen inches; tail about
twelve inches,

Habitat.—South and West Australia.

References.—Thomas, B.M. Catal. p. 112, pls. xiii. figs. 6 and 7

(teeth), xiv. fig. 7 (nasals), 8 (bulla); Gould, Mamm. Austr. ii.
pl. Ixiv.

2. Brerroneia cunicuLus, W. Ogilby, sp. (1838).
Tasmanian Rat-Kangaroo.

Fur and general color as in B. leswewri, but without trace of
hip-mark. Arms, legs, hands, and feet white ; hairs of latter as
in B. lesweurt. Tail above as in B. lesueuwri, except that towards
the end it occasionally becomes dark brown or black ; below dirty
white ; tip sometimes white all round.

49 BETTONGIA.

Dimensions.—Head and body about eighteen inches; tail about
fifteen inches.

Habitat.—Tasmania.

References.—Thomas, B.M. Catal. p. 106, pls. xiii. fig. 8 (fourth
premolar ), xiv. figs. 1 (nasals), 2 (bulla); Gould, Mamm. Austr.
ii, pl. Lxiii.

3. BETTONGIA GAIMARDI, Desmarest, sp. (1822).
Gaimard’s Rat-Kangaroo.
Fig. 3.

Side view of skull, showing dentition.

Fur woollier than in the other species. General colors as in
B. lesweuri, but the general tone rather more yellowish or fawn.
Hind feet white. Distal two-thirds of the tail growing gradually
darker, and the hairs lengthening, till, on the terminal third,
there is a distinct black crest ; below short-haired, white.

Dimensions.—Head and body about sixteen inches ; tail about
eleven inches.
Habitat.—New South Wales.

References.—Thomas, B.M. Catal. p. 108, pls. xiii. fig. 10 (fourth
premolar), xiv. figs. 3 (nasals), 4 (bulla); Gould, Mamm. Austr.

4, BETTONGIA PENICILLATA, Gray (1837).
Brush-tailed Kangaroo-Rat.

Fur and general colors not definitely different from the other
species. Hands and feet pale brown. Bristly hairs of feet not
hiding the claws. Tail long, with a prominent black crest along
the terminal one-third or two-thirds of its upper surface; below
pale brown.

Dimensions.—Head and body about fourteen inches; tail about
twelve inches.

LAGOSTROPHUS. 43

Habitat.—Australia except the extreme north.

References.—Thomas, B. M. Catal. p. 110, pls. xi. fig. 12
(rhinarium), xiii. fig. 9 (fourth premolar), xiv. figs. 5 (nasals),
6 (bulla); Gould, Mamm. Austr. ii. pls. lxi. (B. penicillata ), xii.
(B. ogilbyi).

Genus V.—Ai2PYPRYMNUS, Garrod (1875).

Rhinarium partially hairy. Ear rather long. Fore claws very
long and strong. Hind feet longer than the head, the soles narrow,
naked, and coarsely granulated. Tail evenly hairy, without trace
of crest. .

o. 8 1.2.3 1 0.0.3.4 1.2.3.4
Dentition.—I. 10.0? C. rit Pr 0.03” M. 12:34 x 2=34.

Habits.—Terrestrial ; herbivorous.

1. ASPYPRYMNUS RUFESCENS, Gray, sp. (1837).
Rufous Rat-Kangaroo.

Size large. Rhinarium partially hairy to about half-way down
the nasal septum. Fur long and coarse. General color above
rufescent gray ; below dirty white; an indistinct white stripe
across the sides just in front of the hips. Back of ears black or
dark brown. Outside of hind legs gray, rest of limbs white.
Hairs on back of hands long and coarse, partly hiding the claws.
Feet brown or grayish-brown; central claw long and strong. Tail
thickly hairy, without trace of crest, pale gray above, white below.

Dimensions.—Head and body about twenty-one inches ; tail
about fifteen inches.

Habitat.—New South Wales.

References.—Thomas, B.M. Catal. p. 103, pls. xi. fig. 11 (rhin-
arium), xill. fig. 5 (molars); Gould, Mamm. Austr. ii. pl. Ixv.

Subfamily III.—Macropopina.
Kangaroos; Wallabies.

Size variable. Claws of fore feet of moderate size and subequal.
Hallua wanting. Tail long and hairy. Canines generally minute
or absent, rarely well developed.

Genus VI.—LAGOSTROPHUS, Zhomas (1886).

Form macropine. Rhinarium naked. Hind feet covered with
long bristly hairs, hiding the claws. Back cross-banded.

4° 1.2.3 0 0.0.3.4 1.2.3.4 oa.
Dentition.—I. [0.0 C. i) Pi 003” M. i234 x 2=32.

Habits. —Terrestrial ; herbivorous.

44. LAGOSTROPHUUS.

1. Lagostropuus Fasciatus, Peron & Lesson, sp. (1807).
Banded Hare-Wallaby.

Size small ; form light and graceful. Hair of muzzle growing
downwards to level of upper internal angle of nostril. Fur thick
and soft. General color above grizzled grayish-brown, arranged
posteriorly in black and white transverse bands; below mixed
gray and white. Ears short, their backs gray. Arms and backs
of legs gray with a reddish tinge ; hands and feet yellowish-gray.
Tail uniformly clothed with close-set short hairs, yellowish-gray
above, dull yellow below.

Dimensions.—-Head and body about eighteen inches ; tail about
thirteen inches.

Habitat.—West Australia.

References.—Thomas, B.M. Catal. p. 100, pls. xi. fig. 10 (rhin-
arium), xiii. fig. 4 (upper incisors, &e.); Gould, Mamm. Austr.
ii. pl. lvi.

Genus VII.—DENDROLAGUS, Schlegel & Miiller (1839 - 44).

Form not macropine. Rhinarium broad, only partially naked,
very short scattered hairs being present down to the upper part
of the nasal septum. Fur on nape and sometimes on back directed
forwards. Anterior limbs stout and strong, nearly as large as
the posterior. Hind feet broad, the syndactylous second and third
toes not disproportionately smaller than the two outer. Claws
stout and strong, those on the fourth and fifth hind toes curved
like thoseon the hand. Tail very long, evenly and thickly haired.

Dentition.—I. 122, C. 7, P. poss, M. 7335 x 2 = 34.

Habits—Arboreal ; phytophagous.

1. DENDROLAGUS LUMHOLTZI, Collett (1844).
Queensland Tree-Kangaroo.

Size thick. Fur long and rather coarse, reversed from withers
to crown. Face black ; a paler band across the forehead. Ears
black without, yellow within ; the hairs short and coarse. Back
pale grizzled gray, sides and belly pale yellowish-white ; chin
black, chest white. Arms to wrists, and legs to ankle pale yellow;
wrists and ankles darker; fingers and toes black. Tail mixed
black and pale yellow, the upper side the paler, but with a darker
patch near the base.

Dimensions.—Head and body about twenty-six inches; tail
about the same length.

Habitat.—Herbert River District, Queensland.

References.—Thomas, B.M. Catal. p. 96, pl. xiii. fig. 1 (molars );
Collett, P.Z.S. 1884, p. 387, pl. xxxii.

LAGORCHESTES. 45

Note.—There is not at present sufficient evidence to justify the
retention of Mr. De Vis’ two supposed species D. bennettianus
and D. rufus as distinct from Collett’s animal.

Genus VIII.—LAGORCHESTEHS, Gould (1841).

Form macropine. Rhinarium wholly or partly hairy. Central
hind claws long and strong, not hidden by the hair. Tail rather
short, evenly short-haired throughout. No trace of a caudal spur.

o,° 1.2.3 lorl 0.0.3.4 1.2.3.4 Gy ie
Denitrtion.—I. 5% ©. -o-> FP: ooze M- Gogg X 2= 34.

Habits.—Terrestrial ; herbivorous.

1. LAGoRCHESTES HIRSUTUS, Gould (1844).
Rufous Hare-Wallaby.

Form light and slender. Rhinarium nearly wholly hairy.
Muzzle narrow and light. Fur long and coarse; under fur of
back dark slate, with pale or rufescent tips. General color above
finely grizzled gray, becoming rich rufous on the rump ; below
yellowish-gray. Band round eye but slightly rufous. Lars long,
more than one-third of the hind foot, their backs grizzled-gray,
insides and edges white. Lateral bands inconspicuous. No black
patch on the elbow. Arms, hands, front of legs and feet pale
yellowish-white or gray ; outsides and backs of legs rufous. Tail
dull grizzled-gray, short-haired. Canines small.

Dimensions.—Head and body about eighteen inches; tail about
fifteen inches.
Habitat.— West Australia.

References.—Thomas, B. M. Catal. p. 87; Gould, Mamm.
Austr. ii. pl. lviii.

2. LAGORCHESTES LEPOROIDES, Gould, sp. (1840).
Common Hare-Wallaby.

General color above coarsely grizzled yellowish-brown ; below
dirty yellowish-gray. Rufous band round the eye prolonged for-
wards on the sides of the muzzle. Backs and insides of ears
whitish. A black patch on the elbow. Legs colored like the
body; hands and feet finely grizzled grayish-white. Tail brownish-
gray above, nearly white on sides and below. Other characters
as in L. hirsutus.

Dimensions.—Head and body about twenty inches ; tail about
thirteen inches.

Habitat.—Interior of New South Wales ; South Australia.

References.—Thomas, B.M. Catal. p. 82, pls. ix. fig. 13 (upper
Front teeth), xi. fig. 4 (rhinarium); Gould, Mamm. Austr. ii. pl.
lvii,

46 LAGORCHESTES. %

3. LAGORCHESTES CONSPICILLATUS, Gould (1841).
Spectacled Hare-Wallaby.

Form comparatively thick and heavy. Rhinarium with lower
half of nasal septum and edges of nostrils naked. Muzzle broad
and heavy. Fur long and coarse; under fur of back uniform
blackish-brown. General color above coarsely grizzled yellowish-
gray;; below mixed white and slaty-gray. Chestnut band round
the eye well defined, not prolonged forwards on the sides of the
muzzle. Ears short, less than one-third of the hind foot, their
backs grizzled-gray, the insides and edges nearly white. Two
whitish lateral bands. Arms, hands, legs, and feet gray, tinged
with rufous. Tail above and on the sides clothed with scattered
white hairs, except at the very base where they are gray ; below
more closely set and tinged with fawn. Canines well developed
and functional.

Dimensions.—Head and body about twenty inches; tail about
seventeen inches.

Habitat.—Islands off the North-west coast of Australia.

References.—Thomas, B.M. Catal. p. 80, pls. ix. fig. 12 (upper
Front teeth), x. fig. 16 (fourth premolar), xiii. fig. 3 (upper view
of skull); Gould, Mamm. Austr. ii. pl. lix,

4. LAGORCHESTES LEICHHARDTI, Gould (1863).
Leichhardt’s Hare-Wallaby.

Essential characters as in Z. conspicillatus, but with the ears
slightly longer, and the coloration much more brilliant. Back
deep fawn color ; band round the eye rich bright rufous. Under
side and lateral bands nearly pure white.

Dimensions.—Head and body about twenty-one inches ; tail
about eighteen inches.

Habditat.—North Australia.
Type.—In the Australian Museum, Sydney.

References.—Thomas, B.M. Catal. p. 82; Gould, Mamm. Austr.
ii. pl. lx.

Note.—My reason for continuing to keep the continental form
at least provisionally separate from the insular, notwithstanding
the opinions of such eminent mammalogists as Messrs. Collett and
Thomas, is that the skull of an undoubted specimen of L. con-
spicillatus which has been recently received at the Museum from
Cambridge Gulf, is much stouter and shorter than that figured by
Thomas (loc. cit.) as L. leichhardti.

ONYCHOGALE. 47

Genus IX.—ONYCHOGALE, Gray (1841).

Rhinarium hairy or nearly so. Central hind claws long, narrow,
compressed, and very sharp. Tail long, tapering, short-haired,
more or less crested towards the tip, the extremity provided with
a spur or nail. Canines small or absent.

a 1.2.3 ite! 0.0.0.4 1.2.3.4 _ a9
Dentition.—I. 75> C.- Eitngea tase Hee oa

Habits. —Terrestrial ; HiseDEMEnGLS:

1. ONYCHOGALE LUNATA, Gould, sp. (1840).
Crescent Wallaby.

Size small ; form very light and delicate. Rhinarium narrow,
the base of the internasal septum naked. Fur soft and woolly.
General color above dark gray; below whitish. Ears short, brown
outside, white inside. Back and sides of neck rich rufous. White
shoulder-stripe very prominent, not continued along the back of
the neck. Two inconspicuous hip-stripes. Arms, legs, and feet
pale gray ; fingers and toes brown. Tail short, uniform gray, its
terminal nail consisting of a very short, rounded point. Canines
generally present, quite functionless.

Dimensions.—Head and body about twenty inches; tail about
thirteen inches.

Habitat.—West and South Australia.

References.—Thomas, B. M. Catal. p. 77, pl. ix. fig. 11 (upper
Front teeth); Gould, Mamm. Austr. ii. pl. lv.

2. ONYCHOGALE FRENATA, Gould, sp. (1840).
Bridled Wallaby.

Size small ; form very small and delicate. Rhinarium narrow,
wholly hairy. Fur soft and thick. General color above clear
gray ; below, chin and chest white, belly pale gray. Lars short,
grayish-brown outside, white inside. Middle of back of neck
black. White shoulder stripe prominent, continued along the
sides of the back of the neck to just behind the ear. Sides of
neck gray with a rufous tinge. An inconspicuous pale hip-stripe.
Arms and outside of legs and feet white. Tail of medium length
uniform gray, the extreme tip black. Terminal nail as in 0.
lunata. Canines nearly always absent.

Dimensions.—Head and hody about twenty-two inches; tail
about eighteen inches.

Habitat.—Interior of southern Queensland, New South Wales,
and Victoria.

fteferences.—Thomas, B.M. Catal. p. 75, pl. xi. fig. 7 (nail of
tail) ; Gould, Mamm. Austr. ii. pl. liv.

48 ONYCHOGALE.

3. ONYCHOGALE UNGUIFERA, Gould, sp. (1840).
Nail-tailed Wallaby.

Size large; form light and slender. Rhinarium broad, partially
hairy, the hair extending downwards barely to the level of the
lower edge of the nostril. Fur thick, close, and rather short.
General color above rich sandy fawn, with a median darker band
of varying intensity on the back and rump; below white. Ears
thinly clothed with white hairs. An indistinct white mark behind
the elbow. White hip-stripe present. Arms, hands, feet and
fromt of legs white ; back of legs fawn color. Tail very long,
white above, sandy-gray below ; the terminal third with brown
rings which gradually darken posteriorly, and finally coalesce with
the black tail tip, the black hairs forming a crest on the upper
side, and a well marked pencil at the tip ; terminal nail large and
flattened laterally, hidden by the black pencil. Canines present,
perhaps to some extent functional.

Dimensions.—Head and body about twenty-six inches; tail
about the same length.

Habitat.—North-western and northern Central Australia.

References.—Thomas, B.M. Catal. p. 74, pls. ix. fig. 10 (upper
Front teeth ), xi. figs. 5 (rhinarium ), 6 (nail of tail); Gould, Mamm.
Austr. ii. pls. lii., li.

Genus X.—PETROGALE, Gray (1837).

Rhinarium naked. Fur on back of neck directed downwards.
Central hind claws very short. Tail long, cylindrical, thickly
haired, its extremity pencilled. No canines.

a 1.2.3 0 0.0.3.4 RC a et
Dentrition.—). o> C-@ FE soaw M-jasa * 2532.

Habits.—Terrestrial ; herbivorous.

1. PerroGALE concinna, Grould (1842).
Little Rock-Walaby.

Size small ; form slender. Fur short, soft, and silky. General
color above rich orange rufous; below white or grayish-white.
Face markings obsolete. Ears very short, their backs pale fawn.
No shoulder or flank markings. Arms, legs, and feet grayish-
fawn. Terminal pencil of tail yellowish-brown.

Dimensions.—Head and body of fimm. about fourteen inches.
Habitat.—North-west Australia.

References.—Thomas, B.M. Catal. p. 71, pls. ix. fig. 9 (upper
front teeth ), xii. fig. 4 (upper view of skull); Gould, Mamm. Austr.
ii. pls. xlviii.

PETROGALE. 49

2, PETROGALE INORNATA, Gould (1842).
Plain-colored Rock-Wallaby.

Size medium. General color above sandy-gray ; below sandy-
white. Face markings indistinct. ars sandy-gray. A dusky
red patch behind the elbow. No shoulder or flank markings.
Basal half and greater part of the sides of the tail sandy-brown,
the remainder black.

Dimensions.—Head and body about twenty-three inches ;- tail
about twelve inches.

Habitat.—North coast of Australia.

References.—Thomas, B. M. Catal. p. 70; Gould, Mamm.
Austr. ii. pls. xlv., xlvi.

3. PETROGALE BRACHYOTIS, Gould (1840).
Short-eared Rock-Wallaby.

Size medium ; form light and slender. Fur short and thin.
General color above grayish-fawn, below grayish-white. Face
markings almost obsolete. Ears very short, their backs fawn-
gray, their edges and extreme tips white. Body markings present
but not prominent ; a dark brown blotch behind the elbow, suc-
ceeded by a whitish band. Limbs pale gray. Tail gray above,
whitish below ; the terminal fourth below tufted with longer dark
brown hairs.

Dimensions.—Head and body about twenty-two inches ; tail
about sixteen inches.

Habitat. —North-west coast of Australia.

References.—Thomas, B. M. Catal. p. 69, pl. xii. fig. 2 (upper
view of skull); Gould, Mamm. Austr. ii. pl. xlvii.

4, PETROGALE LATERALIS, Gould (1842).
West Australian Rock-Wallaby.

Size medium ; form slender and light. Fur long, soft, close, of
a rather woolly texture. General color above light gray, below
yellowish-gray. A well defined dark whisker-mark with a whitish
or yellowish cheek-stripe below. A narrow black or brown stripe
from the occiput to the centre of the back. Ears short, the inside,
base and extreme tip of outside yellow, the rest brown. A
prominent black or brown mark behind the elbow, succeeded by
a white stripe running down to the hip. Front of knee brown,
connected by a brown band to shoulder spot. Arms, legs, and
feet gray ; fingers and toes black. Tail gray for the proximal,
black for the terminal half.

Dimensions.—Head and body about twenty-four inches ; tail
about seventeen inches.

D

50 PETROGALE.

Habitat,—West Australia.

References.—Thomas, B. M. Catal. p. 68, pls. ix. fig. 8 (upper
Jront teeth), x. fig. 15 (fourth premolar ), xii. fig. 3 (upper view of
skull); Gould, Mamm. Austr. il. pls. xli., xlii.

5, PETROGALE PENICILLATA, Gray, sp. (1827).
Brush-tailed Rock-Wallaby.

Size large; form stout and heavy. Fur long, thick, and coarse-
General color above dull brown, more rufous on the rump; below,
chin and chest pale gray, belly brown tinged with yellow ; anal
region rich yellowish-rufous. Whisker-mark and cheek-stripe ill-
defined, Occipital streak black, not extending on to neck. Lars
short, their insides and posterior margins yellow; remainder gray
at base, black terminally. A black mark behind the shoulder,
succeeded by a pale gray one, both often inconspicuous. Arms
and legs brown or rufous-brown; fingers and toes black. Tail
long, more or less bushy, the basal three or four inches rufous,
the rest black, the extreme tip sometimes yellow.

Dimensions.—Head and body about twenty-nine inches ; tail
about twenty-three inches.

Habitat.—Coastal Districts of Queensland, New South Wales,
and Victoria.

References.—Thomas, B. M. Catal. p. 66, pls. ix. fig. 7 (upper
front teeth), x. fig. 14 (fourth premolar); Gould, Mamm. Austr.
Ips; XRIX. exd

6. PerroGaLE xanruopus, Gray (1854).
Yellow-footed Rock-Wallaby.

Size large. Fur long, soft, and silky. General color above
gray, below white. White cheek stripe well defined; a rich
orange spot above each eye. Hars long, uniform yellow behind.
A well defined black streak from the occiput to the middle of the
back. <A triangular brown blotch behind the elbow, succeeded
by a white stripe running down to the hip; top of knee brown,
with a white patch outside it. Limbs uniform rich yellow; tips
of fingers and toes brown. ‘Tail above and on the sides with
alternate rings of dark brown and pale yellow, the brown gradu-
ally coalescing above posteriorly to form a blackish crest ; below
uniform yellowish- or brownish-white ; extreme tip sometimes
yellow.

Dimensions.—Head and body about thirty-two inches ; tail
about twenty-four inches.

Habitat.—South Australia.

References.—Thomas, B.M. Catal. p. 64, pl. xii. fig. 1 (upper
view of skull); Gould, Mamm. Austr. ii. pls. xliii., xliv.

DD

MACROPUS. 51

Genus XI.—MACROPUS, Shaw (1790).

Size variakle. Rhinarium generally wholly naked. Ears well
developed. Fur on nape normally directed downwards. Limbs
very unequal, the hind much longer and stronger than the fore.
Central hind claws long. ‘Tail thick, tapering, evenly haired
(except in M irma). Mamme four.

ae 1.2.3 0 or 1 0.0.3.4 1.2.8.4 ;
Dentition.—-I. 555 Ou Saas Les sreieulle iagag X 2=392.

Habits.—Terrestrial ; herbivorous.

1. Macropus BRACHYURUS, Quoy & Gaimard, sp. (1830).
Short-tailed Wallaby.

Size small; form short and squat. Rhinarium with a central
upward projection. Fur long, thick, and coarse. General color
above coarsely grizzled gray-brown ; below slaty-gray. Ears very
short and rounded; the backs thickly haired, grizzled gray. Hands
and feet brcwn. Tail very short, about twice the length of the
head ; brown above ; grayish-white beneath.

Dimensions.—Head and body about twenty-three inches; tail
about ten inches.

Habitat.— West Australia.

References.-—Thomas, B.M. Catal. p. 60, pls. vii. fig. 4 (upper
view of skull); ix. fig. 6 (upper incisors); x. fig. 13 (fourth pre-
molar); Gould, Mamm. Austr. ii. pls. xxxvil., xxxvlii.

2. MACROPUS BILLARDIERI, Desmarest (1822),
Rufous-bellied Wallaby.

Size small; form stout and heavy. Fur long, ‘thick, and soft,
General color above grayish-brown with an olive tinge, especially
on the head and rump; below yellow, orange, or rufous, most
intense on the anal region. Ears very short, their backs olive-
gray, margined anteriorly with black. An indistinct nuchal
stripe often, and a faint yellowish hip-stripe sometimes, present.
Arms and legs gray-brown ; hands and feet brown. Tail very
short, about two and a half times as long as the head; above
_ proximally orange, below distally grayish-white ; the remainder
grayish-brown.

Dimensions.— Head and body about twenty-six inches, tail
about fourteen inches.

Habitat.— South-eastern South Australia; Victoria; Tasmania;
Islands in Bass’ Straits.

References. —Thomas, B.M. Catal. p. 58, pl. x. fig. 12 (fourth
premolar); Gould, Mamm. Austr. ii. pls. xxxv., xxxvi.

52 MACROPUS.

3. Macropus EUGENI, Desmarest, sp. (1817),
(Halmaturus derluanus, Gould.)

Size small; form light and graceful. Rhinarium ending
some distance from the mouth. Fur rather short in mainland,
longer in island, specimens. General color above grizzled gray
with rufous shoulders ; below white or grayish-white. Generally
an indistinct white cheek-stripe. Hars long in mainland, short in
island, specimens, dark gray. An ill-defined dark streak from the
occiput to the back. Shoulders, sides of neck, and arms rufous.
Hands, feet, and tail gray; nearly black at their extremities.

Dimensions.—Head and body from about twenty-four inches in
mainland to twenty-eight in island examples; tail about seventeen
inches in both forms.

Habitat.—Mainland of Western Australia; Islands off the coast
of West and South Australia.

References.—Thomas, B.M. Catal. p. 54, pls. vii. fig. 3 (apper
view of skull), x. fig. 10 (fourth premolar), and xi. fig. 3 (rhinarvwm);
Gould, Mamm. Austr. ii. pls. xxix., xxx.

4. Macropus parma, lWaterhouse (1846).
White throated Wallaby.

Size small. Essential characters as in JM. ewgenii, but with
the back more rufous, not contrasting with the nape. White
cheek-stripe and brown nuchal stripe clearer. Front of throat
pure white, sharply contrasting with sides of neck. Belly grayish-
white. Ears short their backs rufous gray.

Dimensions.—Head and body about twenty-six inches; tail
about seventeen inches.
+ Habitat.—New South Wales.

References.—Thomas, B.M. Catal. p. 57, pls. ix. fig. 5 (upper
incisors) and x, fig. 11 (fourth premolar); Gould, Mam. Austr. 11.
p. XXVill.

5, Macropus THETIDIS, Lesson (1827).
Pademelon.

Size small; form light and agile. Rhinarium broad to the
lip, the latter little developed. Fur of medium length, thick and
soft, its direction on the neck variable, sometimes directed for-
wards. General color above grizzled gray, the neck rufous ; below
white. No nuchal streak. Ears long, their backs gray, edged
anteriorly with brown or black. Sometimes a faint light hip-
stripe. Arms and legs gray or rufous; hands and feet pale brown.
Basal fourth of tail gray; the remainder brown above, white
below.

MACROPUS. 53

Dimensions.—Head and body about twenty-five inches ; tail
about sixteen inches.

Habitat.—Victoria; New South Wales; South Queensland.

References.—Thomas, B.M. Catal. p. 52, pls. viii. fig. 3 (upper
view of skull) and x. fig. 9 (fourth premolar); Gould, Mamm.
Austr. ii. pls. xxxi., xxxil.

6. Macropus stiaMaticus, Gould, sp. (1860).
Branded Wallaby.

Size medium; form light and slender. Rhinarium with a central
upward projection; lower part continued tothelip. Fur short, close,
and rather coarse. General color above rufous-gray, the gray
predominating in front, the rufous behind; below white. Crown,
cheeks, and region round the base of the ear deep rust-color. An
indistinct pale cheek-stripe with a rufous line below it. Back of
ears, occiput, and nape brown; an indistinct darker nuchal stripe.
two lateral longitudinal bright rusty bands. Hip-stripe yellowish,
very prominent. Arms rufous, legs brilliant rust-color, hands
and feet gray or rufous-gray ; tips of toes brown. Tail gray-
brown above; whitish below.

Dimensions.—Head and body about twenty-eight inches ; tail
about fifteen inches.

Habitat.—North-eastern Queensland.
References.—Thomas, B.M. Catal. p. 47, pl. x. fig. 7 (fourth

premolar); Gould, Mamm. Austr. ii. pls. xxxill., xxxiv.

7. Macropus witcoxi, McCoy, sp. (1866).
Red-legged Wallaby.

Size small; essential characters as in LZ. stigmaticus, but the
fur is longer and softer and the colors less brilliant. Base of
outside of ear rusty. Flanks gray; legs from the thighs rusty-
red. Hip-stripe almost or wholly obsolete; tip of tail usually
white. Belly grayish-white.

Dimensions.—Head and body about twenty-four inches ; tail
about fourteen inches.

Habitat.—New South Wales ; Southern Queensland.

References.—Thomas, B.M. Catal. p. 48, pls. viii. fig. 2 (upper
view of skull), and x. fig. 8 (fourth premolar).

8. Macropus coxEnl, Gray, sp. (1866).
Cape York Wallaby.

Size small; form rather stout and thick. Rhinarium with a
central upward projection. Fur short, close, and coarse. General
color above dark sandy-gray; below white. Face-markings
inconspicuous ; a faint light cheek-stripe. Back of ears, occiput,

54 MACROPUS.

back of neck, withers, and a patch behind the forearm dark brown.
A well marked white hip-stripe. Arms and legs sandy ; tips of
toes brown. Tail black above; white below and at the extreme
tip.

Dimensions.—Head and body about twenty-eight iuches; tail
about fifteen inches.

Habitat.—Northern Queensland.

References.—Thomas, B. M. Catal. p. 44, pls. viii. fig. 1 (upper
view of skull), x. fig. 6 (fourth premolar), and xi. fig 1 (rhinarium)
Gray, P.Z.S. 1866, p. 220, pl. xxv.

9. Macropus aGiis, Gould sp. (1841).
Agile Wallaby.

Size medium ; form rather stout and heavy. Rhinarium partly
hairy between the nostrils. Fur short and coarse. General color
above dark grizzled sandy, below white or grayish-white. Face-
markings inconspicuous. An ill-defined dark nuchal stripe. Ears
very short, the interior and base white or yellowish, the back
dark sandy, tipped and edged anteriorly with black. Flanks
paler than the back. A dark brown mark from the nape to
behind the elbow. White hip-stripe well marked. Arms and
legs white or light sandy-gray. Tail long; its proximal third sandy;
the rest whitish, extreme tip blackish.

Dimensions.—Head and body about thirty-seven inches ; tail
about thirty-four inches.

Habitat.—North Queensland ; Northern Territory ; South-
eastern New Guinea.

References.—Thomas, B.M. Catal. p. 42, pls. v. fig. 7 (rhinariwm),
vii. fig. 1 (upper view of skull), and x. fig. 5 (fourth premolar) ;
Gould, Mamm. Austr. ii. pls. xxiv., xxv.

10. Macropus irmA, Jourdain, sp. (1837).
(Halmaturus manicatus, Gould.)
Black-gloved Wallaby.

Size small; form slender and graceful. Rhinarium partly
hairy between the nostrils. Fur thick and soft. General color
above dark bluish-gray ; below pale gray tinged with yellow or
rufous. Face markings distinct; two dark whisker-marks; cheek-
stripe yellow, continued backwards to the ear. Ears long, their
backs and the crown of the head black ; a dark nuchal stripe ;
inside of ears yellow, with a prominent black tip. A pale incon-
spicuous hip-stripe. Arms and outside of legs gray; hands, feet,
and front of legs bright yellow ; fingers and toes pure black.
Proximal fourth and sides of tail gray ; distal three-fourths above
and below with a well defined crest of stiff black hairs; extreme
tip sometimes white.

MACROPUS. 55

Dimensions.—Head and body about thirty-one inches; tail
about twenty-nine.

Habitat.—Southern parts of West Australia.

as, B.M. Catal. p. 40, pl. x. fig. 6 (rhinarium);
Gould, “Mamm. Austr. ii. pls. xx., xxi.

11. Macropus parryI, Bennett (1834).
Parry's Wallaby.

Size medium; form slender and graceful. Fur soft, almost woolly.
General color above clear gray with a bluish tinge ; below, chin
white, chest, belly, and inner sides of limbs grayish-white. Face
markings distinct. Twodark whisker-marks. Cheek-stripe pure
white, passing backwards to beneath the eye. A white nuchal
stripe reaching to half-way down the neck, witha darker mark on
each side of it. Ears long, white inside, basal half and extreme
tips of outside brown, the rest white. Arms and legs gray, hands
and feet becoming nearly or quite black on the digits. Tail very
long, pale gray ; an inconspicuous black or gray crest below the
tip.

Dimensions.—Head and body about thirty-seven inches ; tail
about thirty-two inches.

Habitat.—Mountain Ranges of New South Wales and Queens-
land.

References.—Thomas, B. M. Catal. p. 39, pl. x. fig. 4 (fourth
premolar) ; Gould, Mamm. Austr. ii. pls. xii., xiii.

12. Macropus porsaLis, Gray, sp. (1837).
Black-striped Wallaby.

Size medium; forms light and delicate. Rhinarium wholly naked.
General color gray ; rich rufous on the fore-quarters; below
white or grayish-white. A narrow black line from the occiput to
the centre of the back. Face-markings nearly obsolete; upper
lip white ; a white spot at the base of the outer edge of the ear.
Back of ears rufous darkening towards the tips. A distinct white
hip-stripe, Arms rufous ; legs gray ; fingers and toes becoming
black towards their tips. Claw on the central hind toe shorter
than usual. Tail gray ; the extreme tip black.

Dimensions.—Head and body about thirty-two inches; tail
about twenty-four inches.

Habitat.—Interior of New South Wales and Queensland.

References,—Thomas, B.M. Catal, p. 37, pls. v. fig. 5 (rhinariwm)
and x. fig. 3 (fourth premolar); Gould, Mamm. Austr. ii. pls.
XXV1., XXVil.

56 MACROPUS.

13. Macropus GreEyI, Gray, sp. (1843).
Grey’s Wallaby.

Size medium ; form slender and delicate. General color above
grayish-fawn on the back, more rufous on the nape and back of
the head; below pale gray tinged with rufous. Ears rufous
behind, their edges blackish. Face-markings distinct. A black
band bordering the naked rhinarium. A black whisker-mark
from the nose to the eye, bordered below by a white cheek-stripe,
which reaches nearly to the ear. An indistinct light hip-stripe.
Arms, hands, legs, and feet white or yellowish, becoming abruptly
black on fingers and toes. Central hind claws unusually slender
and long. ‘Tail very pale gray becoming lighter towards the tip;
indistinct upper and lower crests of white hair on the distal half.

Dimensions.—Head and body about thirty-two inches; tail
about twenty-nine inches.

Habitat.—South-eastern and South Australia.

References.—Thomas, B.M. Catal. p. 36, pls. vii. fig. 2 (upper
view of skull) and ix. fig. 3 (upper incisors); Gould, Mamm. Austr.
ii. pls. xvill., xix.

14. Macropus RUFICOLLIS, Desmarest, sp. (1817).
The Red-necked Wallaby.

Size medium; form slender. Rhinarium naked. General color
above grayish-fawn, the back of the neck and the rump bright
rufous; below white or grayish-white. Face-markings inconspicu-
ous. Ears rather long, their backs rufous ; blacker towards the
tip. Sometimes an indistinct whitish hip-mark. Hands and feet
gray, grading into black on the digits. Tail gray above; white
below, with an inconspicuous black pencil.

Dimensions.—Head and body about forty-two inches; tail about
thirty inches.

Habitat.—Southern parts of Queensland, New South Wales,
and Victoria.

References.—Thomas, B.M. Catal. p. 32, pls. v. fig. 4 (rhinarvum)
ix. fig. 2 (wpper incisors), and x. fig. 2 (fourth premolar); Gould,
Mamm. Austr. ii. pls. xiv., xv.

14a. M. RUFICOLLIS, var. BENNETTI, Waterhouse (1837).
Tasmanian Red-necked Wallaby.

Colors as in typical variety, but much more sombre in tone
Fur much longer and thicker. Nape and rump dull rufous-brown ;
back of ears nearly black ; face-markings scarcely visible ; under
parts dirty grayish-white ; tail darker gray.

Dimensions.—As in typical form.

MACROPUS. 57

Habitat.—Tasmania.

References.—Thomas, B.M. Catal. p. 34; Gould, Mamm. Austr.
ii. pls. xvi., xvii.

15. Macropus vaLasatus, Lesson & Garnot, sp. (1826).
Common Scrub or Black-tailed Wallaby.

Size medium; form rather stout. Fur long, thick, and rather
coarse. General color dark rufous-gray, the rufous predominating
behind. Crown of head, round base of ear, outside of elbows,
chin, chest, and belly pale rufous or yellow, varying in extent and
intensity. Face-markings vague and indistinct. Ears short,
colored like the top of head. A dark mark behind the elbow.
Hands and feet brown, becoming black on the toes. Tail black.

Dimensions.—Head and body about thirty-three inches ; tail
about twenty-six inches.

Habitat.—Coast regions of New South Wales and Victoria.
eferences.—Thomas, B.M. Catal. p. 30, pls. ix. fig. 1 (upper

incisors), and x. fig. 1 (fowrth premolar); Gould, Mamm. Austr.
APIS HRI. 5. KLE

15a. M. UALABATUS, var. APICALIs, Giinther (1874).
Queensland Scrub Wallaby.

Size and colors like those of the typical variety, but the fur
shorter and coarser, and the markings more sharply defined.
Brown mark on side of face continued through eye nearly to the
ear, sharply separated from white whisker-mark. Rufous of lower
back richer and brighter. Tail generally (7) tipped with white.

Dimensions.—As in typical form.

Habitat.—North-eastern Queensland.

References.—Thomas, B. M. Catal. p. 34; Giinther, P.Z.S.,
1874, p. 653, pl. Ixxvii.

16. Macropus MAGNUS, Owen (1874).
Owen’s Kangaroo.
External characters unknown.
Habitat.—Northern Territory.
References.—Thomas, B. M. Catal. p. 27, pl. vi. figs. 1 (roof of

mouth), and 2 (two posterior molars); Owen, Phil. Trans. 1874,
p. 247, pl. xx. figs. 12, 19, and 26 (teeth).

Note.—This animal, which is only known from a single skull,
may prove to be identical with the almost equally little-known
M. isabellinus, of North-west Australia, of which only an imperfect
skin is to be found in any Museum.

58 MACROPUS.

17. Macropus ruFus, Desmarest, sp. (1822).
Great Red Kangaroo.

Size, very large; form robust, in the female rather slender.
Fur of back and sides short, close, and woolly, composed almost
entirely of under fur , the direction variable, especially on the
head. Rhinarium naked. General color above brilliant rufous
in the male, bluish slaty-gray in the female ; below white or pale
gray with the fur coarse and straight. A black whisker-mark,
with a whitish blotch below it. Ears gray or brown outside,
whitish inside. Fingers and toes black ; central hind claw short.
Tail gray.

Dimensions.—Head and body about sixty-five inches; tail about
forty-two inches.

Habitat.—Eastern, South-eastern, and South Australia.

References. —Thomas, B.M. Catal. p. 25, pls. v. fig. 3 (rhinarium)
and vi. fig. 5 (third molar); Gould, Mamm. Austr. ii. pls. vi., vil.

18. Macropus ISABELLINUS, Gould, sp. (1841).
Isabelline Kangaroo.

Size large ; fur of medium length, very soft and fine but not
woolly. General color above rich foxy red ; underside and limbs
white. Front of neck pure white, sharply defined from the rufous
nape by a ridge of opposed hairs. Tail rufous gray.

Dimensions.—About the same as those of M. rufus.
Habitat.—North-western Australia, and Islands off the coast.
References.—Thomas, B.M. Catal. p. 25.

19. Macropus rosustus, Gould (1840).
Wallaroo.

Size large; form stout and heavy. Fur of medium length,
rather thick and coarse. Rhinariumnaked. General color above
dark smoky-brown; below lighter. Nasal region and back of
ears nearly black ; lips, inside and base of ears white or pale gray.
Arms, legs, and tail very dark brown, gradually becoming black
distally. Central hind toe very short.

Dimensions.—Head and body about sixty inches; tail about
thirty-six inches.

Habitat—Mountain Ranges of Queensland, New South Wales,
Victoria, and South Australia.

References.—Thomas, B.M. Catal. p. 22, pl. v. fig. 2(rhinariwm);
Gould, Mamm. <ustr., ii. pls. x., xi.

MACROPUS. 59

20. MAcRopPUS ANTILOPINUS, Gould, sp. (1841).
Antilopine Kangaroo.

Size large ; form stout and heavy. Fur very short, coarse, and
straight ; no under fur. Rhinarium large and naked. General
color above rich rufous; below. whitish. Face-markings absent.
Ears short. Hands and feet rufous-brown, becoming black on
the fingers and toes. Tail colored like the body, but rather darker
at the extreme tip. Feet rather short ; central hind claw very
short.

Dimensions.—Head and body about fifty-six inches ; tail about
thirty-six inches.
Habitat.—Northern Territory.

References.—Vhomas,. B.M. Catal. p. 21, pl. vi. fig. 3 (muzzle );
Gould, Mamm. Austr. ii. pls. vili., ix.

21. Macropus GIGANTEUS, Zimmermann, sp. (1777).
(M. major, Shaw.)
Kangaroo.

Size very large; form robust. Fur short close, and rather
woolly; variable in direction on the fore part of the body.
Rhinarium almost entirely hairy. General color above grayish-
brown; underside and inside of limbs whitish. A slight dark
whisker-mark on the sides of the nose. Fingers and toes nearly
black at their tips. Tail brown, gradually darkening to the
extreme tip, which is black. Central hind claw long and strong.

Dimensions.—Head and body about sixty inches ; tail about
thirty-seven inches.

Habitat.—All Australia except the extreme north,

References.—Thomas, B.M. Catal. p. 15, pl. v. fig. 1 (rhinartum);
Gould, Mamm. Austr. ii. pls. i, ii. (Jf. major) ; iii., iv. (M. ocy-
dromus ).

2la. M. GIGANTEUS, var. FULIGINOSUS, Desmarest.

Tasmanian Kangaroo.

Differs only from the typical form in the much longer, coarser,
and darker fur, the pure white belly, the hands and feet grizzled-
gray without black tips, and the terminal fourth of the tail being
deep black.

Dimensions.—Much as in typical form.

Habitat.—Tasmania.

References.—Thomas, B.M. Catal. p. 19; Gould, Mamm. Austr.
ii. pl. v.

60 MACROPUS.

21b. M. GIGANTEUS, var. MELANOPS, Gould (1842).
Black-faced Kangaroo.

Differs from the typical form only in the much smaller size,
lighter build, and darker color. A brown patch on the face con-
necting the two dark whisker-marks. Arms and legs not paler
than the body ; fingers and toes black.

Dimensions.—Head and body about forty inches ; tail about
thirty inches.

Habitat.—Eastern and South-eastern, perhaps extending its
range to Northern Australia.

References.—Thomas, B.M. Catal. p. 20.

Subclass ITI.—_KUTHERIA.

The Eutherian Mammals are, as their name implies, by far
more specialized than either of the preceding Subclasses. The
name here adopted was bestowed upon them by Prof. Huxley in
exchange for the older terms MonopELPHIA (one wombed) and
PLACENTALIA, in order to keep the nomenclature of the three
Subclasses as uniform as possible, and in view of the fact that
equivalent names for the remaining Subclasses, namely, DIDELPHIA
(two wombed) for the Marsupials, and OrnirHoDELPHIA (bird-
wombed) for the Monotremes were manifestly incorrect and
therefore misleading. They differ from other Mammals in that
the foetus is nourished for a considerable, but varying length of
time within the uterus of the mother, and when brought forth is
in such an advanced stage of growth as to be able of its own
volition to draw nourishment from the teat, without the inter-
vention of muscles specially adapted for forcing the milk into
its mouth, as in the Marsupials.

In their mode of life the Eutherian Mammals show a great
divergence, much more so than the Metatherian Mammals do,
some, for instance, as the Srrenta (Dugong, &c.), and especially
the Creracea ( Whales, Dolphins, &c.) being fitted for a purely
aquatic life; others like the Prynipepia (Seals and Walruses) for
a mixed aquatic and terrestrial existence, the former predomin-
ating; others again like the Cutroprrra (Bats, and Flying-foxes )
for an aérial existence ; while the habits, food, &c of the purely
terrestrial forms are diverse in the extreme, and necessitate many
and startling changes in their form, structure, dentition, organs
of digestion &e.

In order to meet these diverse conditions of existence it became
necessary to divide this large and complex Subclass into various
sections, technically known as “ Orders,” of which scientists now
recognise ten, as at the present time existent on our planet, these
being classified as follows :—(i.) Epentata, the Sloths, Armadillos

EUTHERIA. 61

Anteaters, &c.; (ii.) StreNntA, the only existing species of which
are the Manatees and Dugongs; (ili.) Ceracra, the Baleen and
Sperm Whales, Narwhal, Dolphins, &c.; (iv.) Insectivora, the
Hedgehogs, Moles, Shrews, &e.; (v.) Curroprmra, the Flying-
Foxes, Bats, Vampyres, &c.; (vi.) Roprent1A the Porcupines,
Rats, Rabbits, &c.; (vii.) UNeuLata, the Eleph2ats, Swine, Deer,
Cattle, Sheep, Horse, &c., by far the most import .nt Order ; (viii.)
Carnivora, the Lion, Wolf, Weasel, Walrus, Seal, &c.; (ix.)
QuapruMmANA, the Monkeys, Apes, Lemurs, &c.; and (x.)
Primates, Man.

Of these ten Orders only five, the second, third, fifth, sixth,
and eighth have to be dealt with here as Australian, four of the
others not having as yet been recorded from this Subregion, while
Man is relegated to a different—the anthropological—branch of
the science.

The range of this Subclass is, as may be supposed, cosmopolitan
no region having been visited by man, whether the ice-bound
wastes of the arctic seas, or the burning sands and miasmatic
swamp-forests of the tropics, in which widely different forms of
mammalian life, from the Rein-Deer and Musk-Ox. the White
Bear and the Walrus of the inhospitable polar shores on which so
many of the bravest and best of the intrepid heroes of our Anglo-
Saxon race have left their sad and but surmisable record of im-
perishable fame, to the Aye-Aye and the Armadillo, the Tapir
and the Gorilla of lands which teem with so exuberant a life as
to be actually more deadly to man than the barren, the shud-
dering silences of the long winter night of the polar seas.

In point of numbers and importance the Eutherian Mammals
greatly exceed the two preceding divisions of the class, except in
Australia, this wondrous relic of an older era in our planet’s
history, the latest and the most marvelous of our discoveries.
Leaving the marine mammals—which are naturally cosmopolitan
—for the present out of the question, the truth of this assertion
may be seen ata glance by the fact that in Australia and its
attendant islands only about seventy species of terrestrial Eu-
therian Mammals,—one of which, the Dingo, is more than doubt-
fully indigenous—have been differentiated with any degree of
certainty, and, with the exception of the Australian Water-Rats
(Hydromys) and the more closely allied genera, none are of any
special interest, while not a single species is of any commercial
value whatever. Asan illustration of the poverty of the Australian
fauna in this respect it is only necessary to call the attention of
my readers to the obvious fact that all domesticated mammals,
one at least of which has placed Australia in the proud position
which she now holds, have their origin in far distant lands. As
a set-off to this, from a naturalist’s point of view, unsatisfactory
state of affairs we can of course point with pride to the great

62 SIRENIA.

preponderance of the Marsupial Group in these Colonies, no
less than ninety-three species, exclusive of nine well-marked
varieties, belonging solely to the fauna of Australia and its out-
lying islands, while three (Aacropus agilis, Dactylopsila trivirgata,
and Phalanger maculatus) are common to it and the Papuasian
or Austro-Malayan sub-regions ; the number of known Marsupials
being but one hundred and fifty-one, with twelve recognizable
varieties, it therefore follows that Australia possesses almost two-
thirds of the total.

Order I.—SIRENIA.

Head rounded, not disproportionate in size as compared with
the trunk, from which it is inconspicuously separated by any
externally visible neck. Nostrils valvular, separate, placed above
the fore part of the obtuse truncated muzzle. Hyes very small,
with a well developed nictitating membrane. Har without pinna.
Mouth small or moderate, with tumid lips beset with stiff bristles.
General form of body depressed and fusiform. No dorsal fin.
Tail flattened and horizontaly expanded. Fore limbs paddle-
shaped, the digits enveloped in a common cutaneous covering.
No trace of hind limbs. Skin wrinkled, rugose, naked, or with
fine hairs sparsely scattered over it. Clavicles absent. Pelvis
rudimentary.

The Sirenians are inhabitants of bays, estuaries, lagoons, and
large rivers, in the shallow waters of which they find abundance
of the marine algz and fresh-water grasses on which entirely they
feed. They are asa rule gregarious, are slow and inactive in
their movements, and in disposition mild, inoffensive, and
apparently without much intelligence, for which latter reason they
are within a measurable distance of total extinction, being valu-
able for their flesh as food, and for their hides, but especially for
the excellent oil which is extracted from the thick layer of fat
immediately underlying the cuticle, as a fact they are already
becoming very scarce and difficult to obtain in all settled districts.
Members of the two existing genera, Manatus and Halicore, are
natives of the tropical shores of Kastern America and the West
Indies, Africa, Asia, and Australia, but the genus Rhytina, from
Behring Straits, a much larger animal than either of the others, is
supposed to have been exterminated through the agency of man
within the last hundred and twenty-three years, but it is reported
(Nordenskiéld, Voyage of the Vega) to have been seen in its
original home so late as 1854.

During the Miocene and early Pliocene epochs Sirenians
abounded in the coastal waters of Europe and North America,
and a species has also been discovered in the nummulitic limestone
of the Mokattam Hills near Cairo.

HALICORE. 63

Genus I.—HALICORE, J/liger (1811).

Incisors in the male large, tusk-like, with bevelled off cutting
edges, and the roots provided with persistent pulp cavities ; in
the female not penetrating the gum. Not more than three molars
in each ramus in use simultaneously. Limbs without nails. Tail
fin lunate. Head in front of the eyes bent abruptly downwards.

Vertebra.—C. 7, I). 15-18, L. & C. 30=52 — 55.

“4° 2 0 0 ROKe Vg 9
Dentition.—I. 5, C.5, P. 5 M. song X2 = 22 to 26.

1. HaticorE puGone, G'melin, sp. (1788).
Dugong.

Skin thick and smooth with a few scattered hairs ; upper lip
large, its lower edge obliquely truncated, tuberculated, and bristly.
Flippers short, thick, and fleshy. Colors, above slaty- or brownish-
black, below lighter.

Habitat.—Northern Australia, descending on the eastern coast
as far south as Moreton Bay; from New Guinea through Malaysia
and along the southern shores of Asia to the Red Sea ; East coast
of Africa, and Mauritius.

Dimensions.—Total length up to eight feet.

References.—Gray, B.M. Catal. Seals and Whales,p. 261; Scott,
Seals and Whales, p. 52.

Note.—For many years the idea was prevalent that the Dugongs
were able to come on shore at will for the purpose of browsing on
grasses and other terrestrial plants ; but a cursory examination of
the weakness of the fore-limbs, coupled with the total absence of
even the internal rudiments of hind limbs, should have been
sufficient to have at once dispelled a view so incompatible with
the structure of the animal. By some the flesh is said to be exccl-
lent, while others maintain that it is almost inedible, a difference
for which it is easy to account if the sex and age of the individual
eaten be taken into consideration, or perhaps, though hardly likely
with a class of animals whose diet is necessarily so restricted, to
the nature of food consumed. There is, however, no such diversity
of opinion as to the excellent quality of the oil expressed from
the subcuticular fat of the Dugong, which is with one accord pro-
nounced to be pure, clear, free from disagreeable odor, and further
more, when properly prepared, to possess many, if not all, of the
remedial properties of cod-liver oil. Dugongs are much more
strictly marine than Manatees, and their food is therefore chiefly
restricted to sea-water algz.

These animals have been by some systematists divided into three
species, (the basis, apparently, of this opinion being mainly the
difference of locality) namely, H. tabernaculc from African, H,

64° CETACEA.

dugong from Indian, and ZH. australis from Australian seas, but
no valid characters by which to distinguish the various forms
appear to have been adduced.

Order II.—CETACEA.

Body fusiform, passing anteriorly into the head without any
distinct neck, posteriorly tapering off gradually to the base of the
tail, which is provided with a pair of lateral, pointed expansions
of skin, forming together a horizontally placed triangular propell-
ing organ, notched in the middle line behind. Head generally
large, sometimes more than one-third of the total length ; aperture
of mouth always wide, bounded by stiff immobile lips. Fore limbs
modified into flattened ovoid paddles, encased in a continuous
integument. No external signs of hind limbs. General surface
of skin smooth and glistening, devoid of hair. A compressed
median dorsal fin almost always present. Eye small; no nictita-
ting membrane nor true lachrymal apparatus, Auditory opening
consisting of a minute aperture in the skin situated a short distance
behind the eye, without vestige of pinna. Nostrils opening
separately or by a single crescentic valvular aperture near the
vertex. Teeth generally present but very variable in number, of
simple, uniform character, having conical, compressed crowns,
and single roots, and never preceded by milk teeth. Among the
Mystacoceti the teeth are absent (see p. 65). No clavicles. Im-
mediately beneath the skin and intimately connected with it, is a
thick layer of fat, held together by a dense mesh of areolar tissue
constituting the blubber, which serves the purpose of the hairy
covering of other mammals in retaining the heat of the body.

Cetaceans abound in all seas and in some of the larger rivers of
Asia, such as the Ganges, Indus, and Irrawaddy, and cf South
America where the “ Jnia” of the natives of Bolivia ascends the
Amazon even to its remote sources among the Peruvian Lakes.
Necessarily from the structure of their limbs they are purely
aquatic mammals and once stranded, from any cause whatever,
are absolutely at the mercy of their smallest enemy. For the
purpose of respiration it is necessary that they should rise fre-
quently to the surface, and since this necessitates a frequent
upwardly rising motion and a subsequent plunging downwards
the tail is therefore expanded horizontally, not vertically as in
Fishes where no such motion is requisite. For an equally benefi-
cent reason the respiratory orifice is placed on the highest point,
or vertex, of the head, with the purpose of enabling the animal to
breathe without trouble while at the same time exposing the
smallest possible portion of its body above the surface, where it
might necessarily expect to meet with its most dangerous foes and
where its powers of vision, such as they are, would be hopelessly

MYSTACOCETI. 65

handicapped. The prevalent idea that Whales spout ‘ water ”
from the blowhole is erroneous, the so-called ‘‘spouting” or ‘blow-
ing” being caused merely by the forcible expulsion of the air taken
at the last inspiration, and which, charged by the action of the
lungs with humid vapor, changes, upon contact with the colder air,
into a jet of combined steam and spray. All the Cetaceans are
predacious, living entirely on animal food of one form or another,
this consisting of fishes, small swimming and floating crustaceans,
pteropods, jelly fish (Jfeduse), and cephalopods, the latter form-
ing almost the sole food of the Sperm Whales, without doubt the
largest of living animals, and from the non-assimilization of cer-
tain portions of these Cephalopods the valuable substance known
as “ambergris” is derived; one genus (Orca), however, habitu-
ally feeds also on the larger mammals, such as Seals, Porpoises,
Dolphins, and even attacks the larger Whales. With few excep-
tions they are timid and inoffensive, active in their movements,
and markedly affectionate towards one another, especially in the
case of the mother to her young, which, if harpooned, she will
never desert, even when she herself receives the fatal stroke. The
young number generally one, never more than two, at a birth,
and the mother at the time of gestation seeks the protection of
shallow sheltered bays and inlets, and is therefore all the more
liable to these murderous attacks at the very time that the law
should most stringently and sternly protect her. Most of the
species of Cetaceans are gregarious, in the case of some of the
Delphinide as many as thousands hunting in a single pack.

The earliest fossil Cetacea, of whose organization anything like
a complete knowledge is evident, are the Zeuglodons of the Eocene
period.

Suborder I.—Mystacoceti.
Whale-bone Whales.

Teeth never functionally developed, disappearing before the
birth of the fcetus. Palate provided with plates of baleen,
(whalebone). Skull symmetrical. Nasal bones forming a roof to
the anterior nasal passages, which are directed upwards and for-
wards. External openings of nossrils distinct from each other,
longitudinal. Olfactory organ distinctly developed. Maxilla
produced in front of, but not over, orbital process of frontal.
Lachrymal bones small, distinct from the jugal. Tympanic bone
anchylosed to the periotic, which is attached to the base of the
cranium by two strong diverging processes. Rami of mandible
arched outwards, their anterior ends meeting at an angle, and
without true symphysis. Ribs articulating only with the trans-
verse processes of the vertebre. Sternum composed of a single
piece, and articulating with a single pair of ribsonly. No ossified
sternal ribs. A short conical ccecum.

E

66 BALENIDE.

Baleen, more commonly but erroneously called ‘ whale-bone,”
consists of numerous transversely placed flattened horny lamine,
numbering between three hundred and four hundred on either
side of the palate. Each of these lamine is composed of many
soft vascular papille, circular in outline, each of which is surrounded
by concentrically arranged epidermic cells, the whole being bound
together by other cells of a similar character, which constitute
the smooth cortical surface of the blade, erroneously considered
to be enamel, and which, by the disintegration of its free margin
allows the individual fibres to become loose and assume a hair-like
appearance. The baleen only makes its appearance after the birth
of the young Whale, these in the feetal state possessing numerous
minute calcified teeth which are absorbed before birth. Its fune-
tion is to strain the water from the small marine animals on
which the whales subsist and at the same time prevent the escape
of the enclosed prey.

Family 1.—BALASNIDAS.

’ Characters similar to those of the Suborder.

Genus I.— BALAENA, Linneus (1735).

Skin of throat smooth. Head very large. No dorsal fin. Fore
limb short, broad, pentadactylous. Baleen very long and narrow,
highly elastic, black. Cervical vertebrie united into a single mass.
Scapula high, with a distinct coracoid and coronoid process.

Vertebre.—C. 7, D. 14, L. 10, Cd. 23; total 54.

1. BALHNA AUSTRALIS, Desmoulins (1822).
Southern Right Whale.

General color black or blackish-gray ; the anterior part of the
lower jaw, and part of the throat and belly white.

Dimensions.—Attains to a length of from sixty to seventy feet.

Habitat.—Atlantic, Pacific, and Indian Oceans south of the
tropics.

References.—Gray, B.M. Catal. Seals and Whales, p. 91; Scott,
Seals and Whales, p. 136.

Note.—The food of the Right Whales consists principally of
minute molluscous and crustaceous animals.

Genus IIL.—NEOBALAENA, Gray (1871).

Skin of throat smooth. A small falcate dorsal fin. Fore limb
tetradactylous, the pollex absent. Skull rather depressed ; brain
cavity nearly as long as the beak, depressed, much expanded on the
sides, with a very deep notch on the middle of each side over the
condyles of the lower jaw, and with a subtriangular crown-plate.

EE

MEGAPTERA. 67

Nose as broad as the expanded brain cavity at the base, regularly
attenuated to a fine point in front, and slightly arched downwards.
Lower jaw laminar, compressed, and high ; the upper edge thin
and inflexed on the greater part of its length, erect in front ; the
lower edge inflexed in front the rest of the edge simple. Baleen
elongate, slender, several times as long as broad, with a fringe of a
single series of fine fibres; enamelled surface smooth and polished,
thick. Cervical vertebre united into a single mass, Ribs ex-
panded and flattened. Scapula low and broad, with well developed
coracoid and coronoid process.

Vertebre.—C. 7, 1). 17, L. 3, Cd. 16 =43.

1. NEOBALENA MARGINATA, Gray, sp. (1866),
Pigmy Right Whale.

Head about one-fourth of the total length. Baleen pale yellow
with a dark margin. Although two fresh specimens have recently
come ashore at or near Adelaide, 8. A., no measurements or
descriptions of the external characters appear to have been taken,
and until Dr. Gray’s diagnosis of the genus, which is taken solely
from photographs supplied by Dr. Hector, can be supplemented
by original observations, no reliable description of the external
characters is possible.

Dimensions.—Said to be up to twenty feet.

Habitat.—Southern Australian and New Zealand Seas.

Reference.—Gray, Suppl. to B. M. Catal. Seals and Whales, p.
40, figs. 1 (side view of skull) and 2 (top view of ditto).

Genus IIJI.—_MEGAPTERA, Gray (1846).

Skin of throat plicated. Head of moderate size. A low dorsal
fin present. Fore limbs very long and narrow, about a fourth of
the total length of animal, tetradactylous, the phalanges very nume-
rous. Baleen short and broad. Cervical vertebra free. Scapula
with the acromion and coracoid process absent or rudimentary.

Vertebre.—C. 7, D. 14, L. 10 or 11, Cd. 21; total 52 or 53.

1. Mecartrera Boops, Mabricius (1780).
Hump-back Whale.

Back and sides black ; belly yellowish-white, sometimes with
irregular black spots. Anterior and posterior edges of pectoral
fin irregularly notched.

Dimensions.—Up to at least sixty feet.

Habitat.— All seas except the tropical and subtropical.

References.—Gray, B.M. Catal. Seals and Whales, p. 126, fig.
19 (fifth cervical vertebra) and p. 128, fig. 20 (ear-bones); Scott,
Seals.and Whales, p. 128.

68 BALENOPTERA.

Note.—Gray’s M. nove-zealandie may be a good species, but,
according to Prof. Flower, no distinctive characters have as yet
been defined.

Genus IV.—BALAINOPTERA, Lacépéde (1804).

Skin of throat plicated. Head small, flat, and pointed in front.
Body long and slender. A small falcate dorsal fin. Fore limbs
small, narrow, and pointed; tetradactylous. Baleen short and
coarse. Cervical vertebre free. Scapula low and broad with the
acromion and coracoid process large.

Vertebre.—C. 7, D. 12, L. 13, Cd. 16; total 48.

1. BALHNOPTERA HUTTONI, Gray (1874).
Sulphur-bottom.

Dark green above, shading off gradually to yellowish-white
below. Baleen yellow with a narrow black margin.

Dimensions.—Up to thirty feet ?
Habitat.—Seas of New South Wales and New Zealand.

References.—Gray, Ann. Nat. Hist. (4) 1874 xxxi. p. 316, pl.
xvi. (animal) and p. 450, pl. xviii.
Note.—This is possibly identical with the Northern B. rostrata.

Suborder II.—Odontoceti.

Calcified teeth always present after birth, generally numerous,
but sometimes a limited number, or even in rare cases none, are
functional. No baleen. Upper surface of skull moe or less
asymmetrical. Nasal bones in the form of nodules or flattened
plates, closely applied to the frontals, and not forming any part
of the roof of the narial passage, which is directed upwards and
backwards. Olfactory organ rudimentary or absent. Posterior
end of maxilla’ expanded, covering the greater part of the orbital
plate of the frontal bone. Lachrymal bone either inseparable
from the jugal, or, when distinct, very large and forming part of
the roof of the orbit. Tympanic bone not anchylosed to the
periotic, which is usually attached to the skull by ligament only.
Rami of mandible nearly straight, much expanded in height
posteriorly, with a wide funnel-shaped aperture to the dental
canal, and coming in contact in front by a flat surface of variable
length, always constituting a true symphysis. Several of the true
ribs with well-developed capitular processes, which articulate with
the bodies of the vertebre. Sternum almost always composed of
several pieces, placed one behind the other, with which several
pairs of ribs are always connected by the intervention of well-
developed cartilaginous or ossified sternal ribs. External respira-
tory aperture single, the two nostrils uniting before they reach

PHYSETER. 69

the surface, usually in the form of a transverse, subcrescentic,
valvular opening, situated on the top of the head. Hand always
pentadactylous, the first and fifth digits however but little
developed. No cecum, except in Platanista.

Family I.—PHYSETERIDAS.

No functional teeth in the upper jaw. Mandibular teeth
various, often few in number. Bones of the cranium raised so as
to form an elevated prominence behind the nostrils. Pterygoid
bones thick, not involuted to form the outer wall of the post-
palatine air-sinuses. Transverse processes of the arches of the
dorsal vertebree, to which the tubercles of the ribs are attached,
ceasing abruptly near the end of the series, and replaced by pro-
cesses on the vertebre at a much lower level, not on a line or
serially homologous with them, but anteriorly with the heads of
the ribs, posteriorly with the transverse processes of the lumbar
vertebre. Costal cartilages not ossified.

Subfamily I.—Puysererine.

Numerous teeth in the mandible which are not set in distinct
bony alveoli, but in a long groove imperfectly divided by partial
septa, and held in place by the strong fibrous gum which surrounds
them. No distinct lachrymal bone. Cranium strikingly asym-
metrical in the region of the narial apertures, in consequence of
the left opening greatly exceeding the right in size.

Genus I.—PHYSETER, Linneus (1748).

Upper teeth of uncertain number, embedded in the gum; man-
dibular teeth from twenty to twenty-five in each ramus, stout,
conical, recurved, and pointed, without a coating of enamel.
Upper surface of cranium concave. Rostrum greatly elongated,
tapering gradually to the apex from its broad base. Mandible
very long and narrow, the symphysis more than half the length
of the ramus. Atlas free, the remaining cervical vertebra united
into a single mass. Eleventh pair of ribs rudimentary. Head
about one-third of the length of the body, very massive, high, and
truncated. Nasal opening single, longitudinal, slightly to the left
of the median line of the head. Fore limb short, broad, and
truncated. Dorsal fin a mere low protuberance.

Vertebre.—C. 7, D. 11, L. 8, Cd. 24; total 50.

1. PHYSETER MACROCEPHALUS, Linneus (1766).
Sperm Whale; Cachalot.

Body above very dark, occasionally black, fading gradually on
the sides and belly, silvery gray on the chest.

70 KOGIA.

Dimensions.—Up to eighty-five feet at least.
Habitat.—Cosmopolitan.

References.—Gray, B.M. Catal. Seals and Whales, p. 202, fi
54 (side view of skull); Scott, Seals and Whales, p. 111.

g:

Genus IJ.—KOGIA, Gray (1866).

Upper teeth absent or reduced to a rudimentary pair in front.
Mandibular teeth nine to twelve in each ramus, long, slender,
recurved, and pointed, with a coating of enamel. Upper surface
of the cranium concave. Rostrum not longer than the cranial
portion of the skull, broad at the base and rapidly tapering to the
apex. Mandible with symphysis less than half the length of the
ramus. All the cervical vertebre united. Head about one-sixth
of the length of the body, obtusely pointed in front. Spiracle
crescentic, to the left of the median line. Pectoral fins obtusely
falcate. A triangular dorsal fin.

Vertebra.—C. 7, D. 13 or 14, L. 9, Cd. 21; total 50 or 51.

1. Koq@ia Breviceps, blainville, sp. (1838).
Short-headed Sperm Whale.
Black above, yellowish below.
Dimensions.— Up to eleven feet.
Habitat.— Australia ; Timor ; Cape of Good Hope.

References.—-Gray, B.M. Catal. Seals and Whales, p. 217, fig.
56 (skull and lower jaw) and p. 218; Scott, Seals and Whales,
p. 208 ; Wail, Mem. No. 1, Austr. Mus. (1851),

Subfamily I1.—Zipsuna.

Mandibular teeth rudimentary and concealed in the gum, with
the exception of one, very rarely two, pair which may be largely
developed, especially in the males. A distinct lachrymal bone.
Spiracle single, crescentic, and median. Pectoral fin small, ovate,
all five digits moderately developed. A small obtusely falcate
dorsal fin, situated considerably behind the middle of the back.
Longitudinal grooves on the skin of the sides of the throat nearly
united in front, but divergent behind.

Genus III.—HYPEROODON, Lacépéde (1803).

Mandible with a small, conical, pointed tooth at the apex of
each ramus, concealed by the gum. Skull with the upper ends of
the premaxille rising suddenly behind the nares to the vertex ;
the right larger than the left. Anteorbital notch distinct.
Mesethmoid but slightly ossified. All the cervical vertebree united.

MESOPLODON. it

Upper surface of head in front of spiracle very prominent and
rounded, rising abruptly from the small, distinct snout.

Vertebre.—C. 7, D. 9, L. 10, Cd. 19 ; total 45.

1. Hyperodpon PLANIFRONS, Power (1882).
Southern Bottlenose Whale.

This species is only known from a mutilated skull found on the
beach of Lewis Island, Dampier’s Archipelago, and described at
length by Prof. Flower in the Proceedings of the Zoological
Society for 1882, p. 392, who figures the upper surface and the
side view of the skull.

Genus 1V.—MESOPLODON, Gervais (1850).

A mandible with a much compressed and pointed tooth on each
side, variously situated, but generally at some distance behind
the apex ; its point directed upwards and often somewhat back-
wards, occasionally developed to a great size. Skull not greatly
differing from that of Hyperoddon. Anteorbital notch not very
distinct. Mesethmoid cartilage ossified in adults, coalescing with
the surrounding bones of the rostrum, which is long and narrow.
Two or three anterior cervicals united, the remainder usually free.

Vertebree.—C. 7, D. 10, L. 10 or 11, Cd. 19 or 20; total 46 to 48.

1. MrsopLopon LAYARDI, Gray, sp. (1865).
Long-toothed Whale.

Mandibular tooth strongly compressed, with the apex everted,
and seated upon a flat strap-like base, which grows upwards,
backwards, and finally inwards, closing in adult males (?) over the
upper jaw, and sometimes actually meeting. Lateral basirostral
groove slight. Premaxillary foramen level with the maxillary.

Dimensions.—Up to about fifteen feet.

Habitat.—New South Wales ; Cape Seas.

References.—Gray, B.M. Catal. Seals and Whales, p. 353, fig.
72. a., b. (skull and lower jaw); c. (mandibular teeth from the front);
Scott, Seals and Whales, p. 117.

Note.—In Mr. Krefft’s MSS. occurs a notice of a Ziphiid Whale,
which he names J/. thomsoni, but which is probably the female of
this species. It was stranded at Little Bay, near Sydney.

2. MESOPLODON DENSIROSTRIS, Llainville, sp. (1817).
Massive-toothed Whale.
Mandibular tooth with the apex directed vertically, placed on
a very massive base, which is implanted in a greatly expanded
alveolar margin of the jaw, not found in any other species. Lateral

79 MESOPLODON.

basirostral groove deep. Premaxillary foramen behind the
maxillary.

Dimensions.—Up to about fifteen feet.
Habitat.—Lord Howe Island ; Seychelles.

References.—Gray, Suppl. B.M. Catal. Seals and Whales, p. 102,
fig. 103 (skeleton); Scott, Seals and Whales, p. 118.

3. MEsopLopoNn GRAYI, //aast, sp. (1876).
Small-toothed Whale.

Mandibular tooth small, triangular, vertical, opposite posterior
edge of symphysis; a series of small conical teeth set in the gum
of the upper jaw, commencing opposite the lower tooth and extend-
ing nearly to the gape of the mouth. Lateral basirostral groove
deep. Back black getting a little lighter near the tail, where it
assumes a dark slate tint ; below reddish-brown.

Dimensions.—Up to eighteen feet.
Hahitat.—New South Wales ; New Zealand.

References.—Haast, Trans. N.Z Institute 1876, ix. p. 450, pl.
xxvi. fig. 3 (side view of skull) ; Flower, Trans. Zool. Soc. x. pls.
Ixxi., fig. 2 (upper view of skull), \xxii. tig. 2 (side view of ditto),
and Ixxiii. figs. 1 (skeleton) and 2 (sternwm ).

Family I1.—DELPHINIDAL.

Teeth usually numerous in both jaws. Symphysis of mandible
short or moderate, never exceeding one-third of the length of the
ramus. Lachrymal bone not distinct from the jugal. Anterior
ribs attached to the transverse processes of the dorsal vertebrae by
the tubercle, and to the bodies of the vertebr by the head ; the
latter attachment lost in the posterior ribs. Sternal ribs firmly
ossified. External respiratory aperture transverse and crescentic,
the horns of the crescent pointing forwards.

Genus I.— DELPHINAPTERUS, Lacépede (1804).

Pterygoid bones very small, not meeting in the middle line,
approaching each other posteriorly. Cervical region comparatively
long, all the vertebrze distinct or with irregular unions towards
the middle of the series. Fore limb small, short, and broad ;
second and third digits nearly equal, the fourth slightly shorter.
No dorsal fin.

Vertebra.—C. 7, D. 11, L. 6, Cd. 26 =50, subject to individual
modifications.

Dentition.—% to 49.

PSEUDORCA. 73

1, DELPHINAPTERUS KINGI, Gray (1827).
Southern (White 9) Whale.

A skull of a Dolphin, generically inseparable from the D. leucas
of the Arctic Seas is in the British Museum, said to be from the
coast of New Holland, and was described by Dr. Gray under the
above name. No other specimen has been obtained.

fteferences.—Gray, B. M. Catal. Seals and Whales, p. 309,
and Suppl. p. 95. ?

Genus Il.—ORCA, Gray (1846).

Pterygoid bones of normal form, but not quite meeting in the
median line. First, second, and sometimes the third cervical
vertebre united, the rest free. Fore-limb large, ovate, nearly as
broad as long. Dorsal fin very high and pointed, situated near
the middle of the back. Anterior part of the head very broad
and depressed.

Vertebre.—C. 7, D. 11 or 12, L. 10, Cd. 23=51 or 52.

Dentition.—About +3, occupying nearly the whole length of the
beak, very large and stout, with conical, recurved crowns, and
large roots, expanded laterally, and flattened or rather hollowed
on their anterior or posterior surfaces.

1. Orca GLADIATOR, Bonnaterre (1789).
Killer.

Black above, shading into white on the abdomen, with a more
or less developed white patch above and somewhat behind the eye.

Dimensions.—Males up to twenty feet ; females much smaller.

References.—Gray, B.M. Catal. Seals and Whales, p. 279; Scott,
Seals and Whales, p. 88.

Note.—These are powerful and rapacious animals frequenting
all seas from Greenland to Tasmania; many species have been
described but no specific differential characters have been clearly

defined.
Genus III.—PSEUDORCA, Reinhardt (1862).

First to sixth or seventh cervical vertebre united. Bodies of
the lumbar vertebre elongated. Fore limb of moderate size,
narrow, and pointed. Dorsal fin situated near the middle of the
back, of moderate size, falcate. Head in front of blow-hole high
and compressed anteriorly. Snout truncate.

Vertebre.—C. 7, D. 10, L. 9, Cd. 24=50.
Dentition.— About +85, their roots cylindrical.

74 PSEUDORCA.

1. PsEUDORCA CRASSIDENS, Owen (1846).
Tasmanian Killer.
Black above, whitish below.
Dimensions.—Same as preceding species,

Habitat.—Coast of Tasmania, New South Wales, Lord Howe
Island.

References.—Gray, B.M. Catal. Seals and Whales, p. 80; Scott,
Seals and Whales, pp. 91, 92.

Genus I1V.—GLOBICEPHALUS, Lesson (1842).

Pterygoid bones of normal form, meeting or very nearly so in
the median line. Upper surface of beak broad, flat, and concave
in front of the nostrils. Premaxille as wide, or wider, at the
middle of the beak as at its base. Bodies of the five or six anterior
cervical vertebrz united.

Vertebre.—C. 7, D. 11, L. 12 to 14, Cd. 28 or 29; total 58 or 59.

Dentition.—j1 to se rarely a slightly curved at the tips.

1. GLOoBICEPHALUS MELAS, Z’raill (1809).
Ca’ing or Pilot Whale.

Smooth shining jet black above, paler below, with a white stripe
along the throat and abdomen.

Dimensions.—Up to twenty-five feet.

Habitat.—Seas beyond the tropics ; Tasmania.

References.—Gray, B.M. Catal. Seals and Whales, p. 314, and
Suppl. p. 83 ; Scott, Seals and Wales, pp. 99, 100, 139.

Genus V.—DELPHINUS, Linneus (1776).

Beak long and narrow, greatly exceeding the brain cavity in
length, its basal width about one-third of its length. Forehead
rounded. Dorsal fin falcate, situated on the middle of the back.
The two anterior cervical vertebre united, the rest free. Palate
with lateral grooves.

Vertebre.—C. 7, D. 12 - 14, L. & Cd. 54; total 73 - 75.
Dentition.—+% — $8.
Note.—Prof. Flower (P.Z.S. 1883, p. 502) appears to consider

the four following species as forms of a single widely disseminated
one.

1. DELPHINUS DELPHIS, Linneus (1766).
Common Dolphin.
Black above ; sides gray; beneath white.

DELPHINUS. : 75

Habitat.—Cosmopolitan ? Tasmania (lower).

Dimensions.—Total length generally from six to eight feet,
sometimes as much as ten feet.

References.—Gray, B.M. Catal. Seals and Whales, p. 242; Scott,
Seals and Whales, p. 72.

2. DELPHINUS NOVEH-ZEALANDIA, Quoy & Gaim. (1832 - 4).
New Zealand Dolphin.

Teeth ¢7:{2. Body rounded in front, tapering behind, becoming
much compressed and carinated above from about half-way
between the end of the dorsal and the caudal fins ; snout narrow,
cylindrical, depressed above, pointed in front. Upper part of
body glossy rich black to half-way between dorsal and tail, beyond
which the entire body is dark slate color; edge of upper jaw,
lower jaw, and belly dull whitish; pectorals blackish’ above,
whitish below ; dorsal dull whitish or leaden-gray in the middle,
the margins darker; eye margined with black, from which a
narrow black white-edged band extends forwards to join the black
of the head ; a large dull ochraceous patch, tapering behind, from
the eye to beneath the hinder margin of the dorsal. Palate deeply
concave along each side behind. (McCoy.)

Dimensions.—Total length up to at least seven feet.
Habitat.—Southern coasts of Australia; Tasmania; New
Zealand.

feferences.—Gray, B.M. Catal. Seals and Whales, p. 246; Quoy
& Gaim. Voy. Astrolabe, Mamm. pl. xxviii. fig. 1; McCoy, Prodr.
Zool. Vict. dec. iii. pl. xxii.

3. DELPHINUS FULVIFASCIATUS, Hombr. & Jacq. (1842 et seq.).
Dusky-banded Dolphin.

Teeth $7:4;. Blackish.,; sides of back fulvous; throat and
beneath white ; beak, orbit, streak from angle of mouth to pectoral
fin blackish. Palate deeply channeled on each side behind.

Habitat.—Tasmania.

Keferences.—Gray, B.M. Catal. Seals and Whales, p. 253, and
Suppl. p. 68; Hombr. & Jacq. Voy. Dumont d’Urville, pls. xxi.
fig. 1 and xxiii. figs. 1, 2.

4, DELPHINUS FORSTERI, Gray (1845).
Forster’s Dolphin.

Teeth #$:44%. Body round, thickest behind ; pectoral tapering
at both ends; head rounded, shelving in front, beaked; beak
straight, pointed, cylindrical, depressed, attenuated and blunt at
the tip. Above dark rust color, beneath dirty white.

76 TURSIOPS.

Habitat.—Tasmania ; New South Wales.
Dimensions.—Total length to eight feet at least.

References.—Gray, B.M. Catal. Seals and Whales, p. 248, and
Suppl, p. 69 ; Scott, Seals and Whales, p. 76.

Jote.—The coloration agrees with that of a herd of large
Doiphins seen off Port Stephens by the author, individuals of
which while racing the steamer were frequently within less than
ten feet of the lookers-on ; one specimen was shot, upon which
the whole scattered herd instantly disappeared.

Genus VI.—TURSIOPS, Gervais (1855).

Form stout. Beak short, distinctly marked off from the pre-
narial adipose elevation by a V-shaped groove. Pectoral fins
lanceolate ; dorsal fin high and faleate. No lateral grooves on
the palate. Beak tapering moderately from base toapex. Ptery-
goid bones united in the median line. Symphysis of lower jaw
short. Teeth large, numbering from 21 to 25 on each ramus of
each jaw.

Vertebre.—C. 7, D. 13, L. 17, Cd. 27, = 64.

Note.—Gray’s generic name ‘ 7'ursio” (1846) having been used

by Wagler sixteen years previously for a very distinct Cetacean
is inadmissable.

1. TuRSIOPs CATALANIA, Gray, sp. (1862).
Southern Bottle-nose.

Teeth 34:34 — 32:32. Upper surfaces and sides light lead-color,
which gradually passes into dirty leaden white below, the latter
marked, as also are the flippers, with longitudinally elongated

blotches of dark lead-color.
Habitat.— Australia.
Dimensions.—Total length to eight feet at least.

References. —Gray, B.M. Catal. Seals and Whales, p. 262; Scott,
Seals and Whales, p. 82.

Genus VII.—SOTALIA, Gray (1866).

Beak depressed, rather longer than the brain cavity. Palate
without lateral grooves. Lower jaw rather broad behind. Sym-
physis short. Teeth slender, conical. Pectoral fin obliquely
truncated. Pterygoid bones separated.

Vertebra.—C., 7, D. 12, L. 10, Cd, 22=51.

fod

PTEROPUS. 17

1, SoraLiA GADAMU, Owen, sp. (1865).

Beak rather short, equal in length to the distance between its
base and the eyes; its apex obtuse. Lower jaw a little longer
than the upper. Blow-hole crescentic, situated on the middle of
the vertex between the eyes. Dorsal and pectoral fins falcate,
of nearly equal size. Body above dark plumbeous gray, almost
black on the fins; below pinkish ashy-gray with a few small
irregular blotches of light plumbeous gray. :

ee 3—2
Dentition.—-— = 96 — 108.

Dimensions.—Total length about seven feet.
Habitat.—Indian and West Australian Seas.

Reference.—Owen, Tr. Z.S. vi. p. 17, pl. ii. figs. 1 and 2.
) p »?P g

Order III.—-CHIROPTERA.

Mammals with the fore limbs specially modified so as to adapt
them for flight. The fore arm consists of a rudimentary ulna, a
long curved radius, and a carpus of six bones, which supports a
thumb and four greatly elongated fingers, between which, the sides
of the body, and the hinder extremities the wing-membrane is
spread out. A peculiar elongated cartilaginous process, the cal-
caneum, which is rarely rudimentary or absent, rises from the
inner side of the ankle-joint, is directed inwards, and supports the
interfemoral membrane. Mamme thoracic.

Suborder I -Megachiroptera.

Crowns of molar teeth smooth with a longitudinal furrow.
Bony palate narrowing slowly backwards, continued behind last
molar. Second finger generally terminating in a claw. Sides of
ear-conch forming a complete ring at the base. Pyloric extremity
of the stomach elongated.

Habits.—Frugivorous ; mellivorous ; anthophagous.

Family 1.—PTEROPODIDAA.

Flying Foxes; Fruit-eating Bats.
Characters similar to those of the Suborder.

Genus L—PTEROPUS, Brisson (1756).

Size large or medium. Muzzle long, narrow, and cylindrical.
Nostrils projecting by their inner margins, the extremity of the
muzzle deeply emarginate between them. Tongue of moderate
length. Upper lip with a vertical groove in front, bounded
laterally by rounded naked ridges. ars variable in size. Index
finger with a distinct claw. Metacarpal bone of middle finger

78 PTEROPUS.

shorter than the index finger. Wing-membrane from the sides
of the back and the back of the first phalanx of the second toe.
Tail none. Fur of the nape of the neck and shoulders differing
conspicuously from that of the back. Molars well developed.

Dentition.—I. 4, C. 3, P. 3, M. 5 = 34.

1—V

Note.—The Pteropine Bats form one of the greatest pests with
which orchardists have to contend, the amount of injury done in
a single night by a flock of these animals being almost incalculable,
and, so far as I am aware, no feasible proposal has as yet been
put forward either for their destruction or for the protection of
the orchards from their ravages. They live in enormous com-
munities, choosing for their resting places the most inaccessible
parts of dense scrubs and gullies, from whence they sally forth in
flocks towards sunset and return about the break of day, traversing
frequently in the interval great distances in their search for food.
As an instance of their powers of locomotion Dr. Ramsay ( Proce.
Linn. Soc. N.S. Wales, ii. p. 8, 1877) mentions, speaking of Pterepus
gouldi, that they habitually cross at dusk from the mainland to
the islands in Torres’ Straits returning in the early morning to
the scrubs. He also states that during the month of August
many of the females had young of considerable size attached to
the teats. Of Pteropus conspicillatus Mr. John Macgillivray says
that, on apparently the only occasion on which he met with them,
prodigious numbers were flying about in the bright sunshine. All
these Bats havea most disagreeable musky odor, and the stench in
and about the neighborhood of their rookeries, arising from the
accumulation of their foeces and from the putrefying young, is
said, in an old camp, to be almost unbearable. In these camps
they may be seen by thousands on each tree, hanging head down-
wards, quarreling for the best places, keeping up all the while an
incessant chattering or bickering infer se; and so great are their
numbers that frequently large branches are broken off by the
mere weight of the clinging Bats.

1. Preropus POLIOCEPHALUS, 7'emminck (1827).
Gray-headed Flying-F'ox.

Size large. Ears much longer than the muzzle; the upper
third of the conch narrow and subacutely pointed; the backs
finely hairy. Interfemoral membrane very narrow in the middle
and concealed by the fur. Fur everywhere long and dense, ex-
tending on both sides of the legs above to the ankles, below to
the ends of the tibize ; on the back directed backwards and slightly
adpressed, quite three inches wide across the loins, and nearly
two inches wide behind the elbow ; on the legs and rump woolly ;
the membrane between the humerus and thigh hairy. Fur of the
head gray with a yellowish tinge; neck, shoulders, and anterior

PTEROPUS. 79

part of breast bright reddish-yellow ; breast from shoulder to
shoulder blackish-gray ; back grayish-black, many of the hairs
with shining extremities.

Dimensions.—Head and body about eight and a half inches ;
forearm about six and a fifth inches.
Habitat.— Australia.

References.— Dobson, B.M. Catal. Chiropt.p. 31; Gould, Mamm.
Austr. iii. pl. xxvill.

.

2. PTEROPUS BRUNNEUS, Dobson (1878).
Dusky F'lying-F'ox.

Size large. Ears scarcely longer than the muzzle, triangular
above, obtusely pointed, naked, Interfemoral membrane very
narrow in the centre and concealed by the fur. Fur rather short
throughout, longer on the neck than on the back, where it is
directed backwards and slightly adpressed, nearly two inches wide
across the middlé of the back. A few fine erect hairs on the
membrane between the humerus and thigh. Fur of the head,
back, breast, and abdomen yellowish-brown, with a few shining
hairs, the neck above brighter.

Dimensions.—Head and body about eight inches; forearm
about four and a half inches.

Habitat.—Percy Island, North-east Australia.

Reference.—Dobson, B.M. Catal. Chiropt. p. 37, pl. iii. fig. 4*
(ear ).

3. Preropus Gouupi, Peters (1867).
Gould’s Flying-F'ox.

Ears long, narrow, and pointed. Interfemoral membrane very
narrow behind and concealed in the middle by the fur. Thighs
clothed with fur both above and below. Wing-membranes quite
three inches apart at the middle of the back ; beneath, as far as
a line drawn from the elbow to the knee, clothed with long black
fur. General color intensely black intermixed with a few grayish
or yellowish hairs. Back of head and neck dark ferruginous-brown,
the latter sometimes bright yellow in adult males.

Dimensions.—Head and body about nine inches; forearm about
six and a half inches.

Habitat.—North-east Australia and the islands off the coast.

References.— Dobson, B.M. Catal. Chiropt. p.60; Gould, Mamm.

Austr. iii. pl. xxx.
Note.—See p. 78.

* Hrroneously “2” in letterpress.

80 PTEROPUS.

4, PTEROPUS CONSPICILLATUS, Gould (1849).
Spectacled Flying-F'ox.

Ears short, obtusely pointed, abruptly narrowed above. Inter-
femoral membrane very narrow behind, and concealed in the
middle by the fur. Fur short, scarcely extending on to the fore-
arms or legs, slightly more than two inches wide across the loins.
Face and crown of head black witha ring of pale brownish-yellow
fur round each eye; back of head, nape, and shoulders, pale
yellowish. Back and entire under surface black with a few shin-
ing yellowish hairs.

Dimensions.—Head and body from ten to twelve inches ; fore-
arm about seven inches.

Habitat.—North-east Australia and the islands off the coast ;
Yule Island, New Guinea.

References.—Dobson, B.M. Catal. Chiropt. p. 61; Gould, Mamm.
ABET, il. pl xxix.
Note.—See p. 78.

5. PrEROPUS SCAPULATUS, Peters (1862).
Collared Flying-F'ox.

Size large. Ears longer than the muzzle, narrow and subacutely
pointed, naked. Muzzle long and rather narrow. Interfemoral
membrane narrow behind, but its posterior margin beneath not
concealed by the fur. Fur about an inch wide at the origin of
the wings, about two inches on the middle of the back ; the wing
membrane between the humerus and thigh covered with long
woolly hair. General color of fur reddish- or yellowish-brown,
with a much paler collar round the neck ; adult males with a light
buff-colored tuft of hairs on each shoulder; back, breast, and
abdomen dark reddish-brown.

Dimensions.—Head and body about nine inches; forearm about
five and a half inches.

Habitat.—North-east Australia.

Reference.—Dobson, B.M. Catal. Chiropt. p. 41.

Note.—In the length of the muzzle, and the very narrow uni-
cuspidate teeth, this species differs so much from all its congeners,

and so closely resembles the long-tongued Macroglossi, as to make
it probable that its food is similar to that of those forms.

Genus Il.—URONYCTERIS, Gray (1862).
Size medium. Muzzle short, obtuse, and very thick. Nostrils
tubular, projecting abruptly for a considerable distance from the
upper extremity of the muzzle, Tongue of moderate length,

MACROGLOSSUS. 81

Upper lip very deep, divided by a narrow groove, which is con-
tinuous with the emargination between the bases of the nasal tubes.
Ears oval, well developed. Index finger witha large claw. Wing
membrane from the sides of the back and from the base of the
second toe. Tail short, half concealed in the interfemoral mem-
brane. Molars well developed.

Dentition. —I. 2, O. <3, P. 3, M. $5 = 24.

Note.—The generic name Harpyia bestowed on these Bats by
Tlliger in 1811 cannot be used, since it had been bestowed in the
preceding year upon a genus of Lepidopterous Insects by Ochsen-
heimer.

1. URonycrEris CEPHALOTES, Pallas, sp, (1767).
Pallas’ Fruit Bat.

Nostrils in the form of cylindrical tubes, projecting abruptly
from the extremity of the muzzle high above the margin of the
upper lip, with slightly dilated, notched apertures. Eyes large,
placed high up on the sides of the head. Ears longer than the
muzzle, their summit rounded. Fur above reddish-brown with an
ashy tinge, below dull yellowish-white: a narrow, almost black,
streak from between the shoulders to the base of the interfemoral
membrane.

Dimensions.—Head and body about four and a half inches; tail
about nine-tenths of an inch; forearm about three inches.

Habitat.—York Peninsula, North Australia.

Reference.—Dobson, B.M. Catal. Chiropt. p. 88.

Genus III.—MACROGLOSSUS, /F. Cuvier (1825).

Size small. Muzzle very long, narrow, and cylindrical. Nos-
trils not projecting. Upper lip not grooved in front. Tongue
very long, attenuated. Ears simple, separated at their inner
bases. Index finger with a distinct claw. Metacarpal bone of
middle finger equal to or longer than index finger. Wing-mem-
brane from the sides and base of the fourth toe. Tail very short.

Dentition —I. 4, 0.455, P. =, M. S$ = 34,

“1-1 33

1. MacroGLossus AUSTRALIS, Peters (1867).
Little Fruit Bat.

Ears scarcely more than half the length of the head, narrow
and rounded at the tip. Face abruptly narrowed in front of the
eyes. Upper lip deeply and distinctly grooved. Lower jaw
slightly projecting beyond the upper. Tongue covered with

EF

83 MICROCHIROPTERA.

numerous long brush-like papille. Interfemoral membrane very
narrow. ‘Tail generally quite concealed by the fur. Fur reddish-
brown, unusually long for this family.

Dimensions.—Head and body about two and a third inches ; tail
about a third of an inch ; forearm about one and two-fifths inch.

Habitat.—North and West Australia. From the Philippine
Islands through the Malay Archipelago eastward to New Ireland
and the Solomon Islands.

Reference.—Thomas, Proc. Zool. Soc. 1888, p. 476.

Note.—Though of so small a size, this Bat is said to be very
destructive to fruit.

Suborder II.—Microchiroptera.

Crowns of molar teeth acutely tubercular with transverse fur-
rows. Bony palate narrowing abruptly, not continued behind
last molar. Second finger not terminating in a claw. Sides of
ear-conch separated at the base anteriorly. Stomach simple, or
with the cardiac extremity more or less elongated.

Habits.—Carnivorous ; principally insectivorous ; rarely frugi-
vorous or sanguinivorous.

Family IJ.—RHINOLOPHIDA.
Leaf-nosed Bats.

Nasal apertures situated in a depression upon the upper surface
of the muzzle, and surrounded with well developed foliaceous
cutaneous appendages. Lars large, generally separated, without
tragi. Index finger imperfect, without a phalanx. Tail distinct
produced to the outer margin of the interfemoral membrane. Pre-
maxillary bones rudimentary, suspended from the nasal cartilage.
Upper incisors rudimentary, close together.

Subfamily I.—Rutmo.opHina.

First toe with two joints ; others with three each. Iliopectineal
spine not connected by bone with the antero-inferior surface of
the ilium.

Genus I.—RHINOLOPHUS, Geoffroy (1803).

Nose-leaf very complicated, consisting of three distinct portions;
the anterior horizontal, horseshoe-shaped, usually angularly
emarginate in front, containing within its circumference the
nasal orifices, and the central erect nasal processes ; the posterior
erect, triangular, with cells on its anterior surface; the central

Fr

RHINONYCTERIS. 8&3

process rises between and behind the nasal orifices, is flattened
anteriorly, and posteriorly sends backwards a vertical laterally
compressed process, which is either connected with the front sur-
face of the posterior nose-leaf or free. Base of the outer side of
the ear expanded, forming a large antitragus.
ag 3 ~ 1-1 p 22 8-3 _ 9.
Dentition—I. 7, C.=a, P. ==, M. = = 32.
Habits.—Insectivorous,

1. RHINOLOPHUS MEGAPHYLLUS, Gray (1834).
Greater Horseshoe Bat.

Ears subacutely pointed ; the tip not attenuated ; antitragus
large. Horseshoe-shaped membrane broad, concealing the muzzle,
and with a small but distinct notch in front. Sides of the terminal
process of the posterior leaf concave. Lower lip with three grooves.
Wings from the metatarsus. Interfemoral membrane square
behind or slightly convex. Tail scarcely projecting.

Dimensions.—Head and body about two inches; tail about
one inch ; forearm about, but not quite two inches.

Habitat.—Queensland ; Richmond and Clarence Rivers District.

References.—Dobson, B.M. Catal. Chiropt. p. 110; Gould,
Mamm. Austr. iil. pl. xxxili.

Subfamily I1.—Htpposiprerina.

Toes equal, of two phalanges each. _Iliopectineal spine united
by a bony isthmus to a process derived from the antero-inferior
surface of the ilium.

Note.—Owing to the compulsory rejection of the generic title
Phyllorrhina it has become necessary to substitute for it the
above term.

Genus II.—_RHINONYCTERIS, Gray (1847).

Nose-leaf horseshoe-shaped in front, the horizontal membrane
consisting of two lamine, the upper one deeply emarginate in
front, the sides of the emargination bent upwards, supporting the
anterior portion of a small flat horizontal longitudinal process,
which ends behind and between the deeply sunken nasal orifices ;
from the centre of the base of the horseshoe, behind the nostrils,
a pointed process projects forwards, behind which is the opening
of a deep central cell, bounded on each side by a longitudinal cell,
beyond which and above the eye are two smaller cells; behind
the central cell is a longitudinal depression. Lars separate with-
out antitragus.

84 RHINONYCTERIS.

Onn 1—1 2— 3—3
Dentition.—I. 4, C. 3, P. $3, M. =$=30.

Habits. —Insectivorous.

1. RHINONYCTERIS AURANTIA, Gray, sp. (1845).
Orange Horseshoe Bat.

Head long; muzzle thick, obtuse, and flattened laterally. Ears
shorter than the head, with acutely pointed tips; the inner margin
of the conch regularly convex. Nose-leaf broad, overhanging the
muzzle, the sides of the horseshoe with a slight notch succeeded
by a small rounded projection in the centre of each side, and from
the centre of the base a small pointed process projects forwards
and upwards. Wings from the distal extremity of the tibia or
from the ankles. Calcanea feeble. Extreme tip of tail projecting.
Fur everywhere golden.

Dimensions.—Head and body about one and six-sevenths inch ;
tail rather more than an inch.

Habitat.—North and North-west Australia.

References.—Dobson, B.M. Catal. Chiropt. p. 126, pl. viii. fig.
2 (front view of head); Gould, Mamm. Austr. iil. pl. xxxv.

Genus III.—HIPPOSIDERUS, Gray (1831).

Anterior nose-leaf like that of Rhinolophus, but not emarginate
in front ; the posterior erect, with a convex, lobed, or incised free
edge, concave in front, the concavity simple, or divided by narrow
vertical ridges into shallow cells ; the middle portion forming the
posterior boundary of the depression at the bottom of which the
nasal orifices are placed, is usually broadly cordiform with the
base upwards, the sides thickened, the centre with or without a
projecting point or narrow longitudinal ridge in front. No
antitragus.

oo 2 i 2—2 pe
Dentition.—I. 5, C. >, P- , M.S = 30.

Habits.—Insectivorous.

Note.—The generic title Phyllorrhina used by Bonaparte in
1831 for these Bats is inadmissable, no description having been
given (see Blanford, Proc. Zool. Soc. 1887, p. 635).

1. HipposipERUS CERVINUS, Gould, sp. (1853).

Fawn-colored Horseshoe Bat.

Ears much shorter than the head ; lower third of the outer
margin of conch with a small, acutely pointed projection. Horse-
shoe much narrowed in front of the nasal apertures with two
external secondary leaflets. Frontal glandular sac large. Thumbs

MEGADERMA., 85

and feet small. Wing-membrane extending to the tarsus. Inter-
femoral membrane of moderate size, triangular. Extreme tip of
tail free. Fur reddish-brown, darkest above.

Dimensions.—Head and body about two inches; tail about
one inch ; forearm about one and three-fourths inch.

Habitat.—York Peninsula; Aru Islands; Waigiou; New
Guinea ; Duke of York Islands.

References.—Dobson, B.M. Catal. Chiropt. p. 142, pl. ix. fig. 7
(front view of head); Gould, Mamm. Austr. iii. pl. xxxiv.

2. HIPPOSIDERUS BICOLOR, Zemminck, sp. (1835-1841).
var. a. H. aruensis, Gray (1858).
Brown Horseshoe Bat.

Ears moderate, about equal in length to the head, oval ; the
upper third of the outer margin straight. Horseshoe small and
square, scarcely as wide as the transverse terminal leaf, the concave
front surface of which is divided into four cells by three distinct
vertical ridges ; no secondary leaflets ; frontal glandular sac well
developed in males, rudimentary in females. Wing-membrane
extending to the ankle or tarsus. Interfemoral membrane slightly
angular behind. Extreme tip of tail free. Fur above very dark
brown, almost black ; below grayish-brown.

Dimensions.—Head and body about one and three fourths inch;
tail rather less than an inch; forearm about one and a half inch.
Habitat.— Albany Island, Cape York ; Aru Islands.

Reference.—Dobson, B.M. Catal. Chiropt. p. 150.

Family IZI.—NYCTERIDAs.

Nasal apertures situated upon the upper surface of the muzzle,
and margined by distinct cutaneous appendages. Ears large,
united, with well developed tragi. Index finger with or without
a short phalanx. Premaxillary bones cartilaginous or small.
Upper incisors absent or very small; when present close together.

Subfamily I.—MraaprermMina.

Nostrils at the bottom of a concavity near the extremity of the
muzzle, concealed by the base of a large cutaneous process ; tail
very short, in the base of the large interfemoral membrane ; pre-
maxillaries cartilaginous.

Genus I.—MEGADERMA, Geoffroy (1810).

Muzzle cylindrical, elongated. Nostrils in a slight depression
near the extremity of the muzzle, surrounded by a naked cutane-

86 MEGADERMA.

ous expansion, which forms a vertical process posteriorly. Lower
lip projecting slightly beyond the upper. Ears large, partially
connected ; tragus long, bifid. Index finger with a short bony
phalanx. Toes subequal; the outer with two, the others with
three phalanges. Calcaneum distinct. Tail very short, only
discernible in skeletons. Interfemoral membrane large, concave

behind.
Dentition.—I. > Cp Pp >, (Australian and Oriental Regions)

or i-5 (Ethiopian Region), M. $=) =28 or 26.

Habits.—Carnivorous and insectivorous. Some, probably all,
of the members of this genus are sanguinivorous and carnivorous,
feeding not only on insects but also on smaller kinds of Bats and
other small Mammals, and even Frogs and Fishes, while it may
be presumed that small Birds and Reptiles would prove equally
acceptable. This habit has been specially noticed by several
observers in the Indian J. lyra.

1. MecapErMA GiIGcAs, Dobson (1880).
Great Blood-sucking Bat.

Lower jaw projecting beyond the upper. Ears considerably
longer than the head, conjoined for nearly half the length of the
inner margin, oval and rounded off above. Tragus large, bifid,
the posterior lobe long, narrow, and acutely pointed, the anterior
lobe scarcely half the length of the posterior, broad at the base,
convex in front, and obtusely rounded above. Nose-leaf with
convex sides, the anterior concave disc large, the external margin
thickened and adherent to the muzzle beneath; base of the longi-
tudinal process cordate. Extremity of the second finger extending
beyond the middle of the first phalanx of the third finger. Wing-
membrane from the back of the foot. Tail rudimentary. Inter-
femoral membrane large. A well marked postorbital process not
perforated by a foramen. Terminal third of the fur above pale
grayish-brown, beneath almost white, as also are the ears, nose-
leaf, and membranes.

Dimensions.—Head and body about five and a third inches ;
forearm about four and a fifth inches.

Habitat.—Wilson’s River, Central Queensland.

Reference.—Dobson, Proc. Zool. Soc. 1880, p. 461, pl. xlvi.
figs. @ (animal), b (upper view of skull).

Family IV.—VESPERTILIONIDA.

Nasal apertures simple, crescentic or circular, situated at th®
extremity of the muzzle, without cutaneous appendages. Ears
large or medium, generally separate, with rather large tragi. Tail

NYCTOPHILUS. 87

long, produced to the hinder margin of the large interfemoral
membrane. Upper incisors distant from one another.

Genus L—NYCTOPHILUS, Leach (1822).

Muzzle narrow, thinly covered with short hairs; glandular
prominences well developed. Crown of the head slightly elevated
above the face line. Nostrils with their upper margins continu-
ous with the base of a small cordate nose-leaf. Ears large, oval,
and connected ; tragus short and triangular. Eyes large. Wings
from the bases of the toes. ‘Tail slightly projecting beyond the
interfemoral membrane. Upper incisors unicuspidate, close to
the canines.

Dentition.—I. 2, C. 5, P. > M. 3 =30.

Habits.—Insectivorous.

Note.—This genus takes the place in the Australian Region of
the Pale- and Ne-arctic Plecotus.

1. NycToPHILUS TIMORIENSIS, Geoffroy, sp. (1806).
Australian Long-eared Bat.

Ears longer than the head, connected on the forehead by a well
developed band ; the tip rounded ; upper third of outer margin of
conch straight. Tragus short, triangular, and subacute. Glandular
elevation behind the short nose-leaf longitudinally grooved in the
middle. Broad extremity of nose-leaf upwards and free. Extreme
tip of tail free. Fur above varying from dark to light brown;
below from pale brown to white.

Dimensions.—Head and body about two inches ; tail and fore-
arm about one and four-fifths inch each.

Habitat.—All Australia, Tasmania, and the neighboring
Islands ; from Timor to the Fiji Islands.

References.—Dobson, B.M. Catal. Chiropt. p. 172, pl. xi. fig.
7 (front view of head); Gould, Mamm. Austr. iii. pls. xxxvi., (.
geoffroyt); xxxvil. (N. gouldi); xxxviii. (MN. unicolor); xxxix. (NV.
timoriensis).

Note.—Owing to the great variation in size, coloration, and the
development of the glandular prominences Tomes divided J.
timoriensis into four distinct forms under the specific names
geoffroyt, tumoriensis, gouldi, and wnicolor; these however can at
the most be only regarded as races of Geoffroy’s original species,

2. NYcTOPHILUS WALKERI, Thomas (1892).
Walker’s Bat.

Ears when laid forwards not quite reaching to the nose-leaf,
connected by a band across the forehead ; the small lobe on the

88 VESPERUGO.

inner surface of the base of the outer margin short and well
defined. Fur shorter and paler in color than in the preceding
species, especially on the under surface, where the hairs are tipped
with dirty white.

Dimensions.—Head and body of type specimen ( ? ) rather less
than two inches; tail one and a half inch ; forearm one and one-
third inch.

Habitat.—Northern Territory (Adelaide River).
Reference.—Thomas, Ann. Nat. Hist. (6) ix. p. 405.

Note.—The almost entire absence of a transfrontal band, along
with the larger size, longer and broader ears with a more convex
inner margin, separate the WV. microtis, Thms. (Ann. Nat. Hist.
(6) ii, p. 226) of South-eastern New Guinea from this species.

Genus II.— VESPERUGO, Keyserling & Blasius (1839).

Form comparatively stout. Muzzle very broad and obtuse ;
glandular prominences well developed. Crown of head flat or
very little elevated above the face line. Nostrils sublateral, simple,
crescentic. Ears short, broad, and triangular, obtusely pointed,
separate ; tragus generally short and obtuse. Calcaneum witha
small postcalcaneal lobe on its posterior margin. Feet short and
broad. Upper incisors in pairs separated by a wide interval.

a 4 q 1-1 p 2-2, 1-1 3-3 ‘
Dentition. —I. 3, C. =, P. 5 or a=, M. Sy = 34 or 32.
Habits.—Insectivorous.

1. VESPERUGO PUMILUS, Gray, sp. (1841).
Little Bat.

Muzzle not very obtuse. A shallow furrow between the muzzle
and the glandular prominences. Ear-conches short and funnel-
shaped ; middle third of outer margin and lower two-thirds of
inner margin very convex; the tips short and rather abruptly
rounded off. Tragus well developed and rather broad. Wings
extending to the bases of the toes. Postcalcaneal lobe long and
convex behind. Tip of tail free. Fur above and below black,
the extreme tips above ashy or grayish, the terminal fifth below
white or pale ash-color.

Dimensions.—Head and body about one and a half inch ; tail
about one anda third inch; forearm about one and a fourth inch.
Habitat.—All Australia and Tasmania,

References.—Dobson, B.M. Catal. Chiropt. p. 201, pl. xii. fig. 2
(ear); Gould, Mamm. Austr. iii. pl. xlvi.

CHALINOLOBUS. 89

2. VESPERUGO ABRAMUS, Z'emminck, sp. (1835 - 1841).

Yellow-headed Bat.

Muzzle obtuse. Glandular prominences on the sides large and
rounded, causing a furrow between them and the crown of the
head. ar-conches broadly triangular, rounded at the tips; the
outer margin almost straight. Tragus moderate. Wing-membrane
attached to the bases of the toes. Postcalcaneal lobe distinct and
rounded. Tip of tail free. Head and face between the eyes
densely covered with moderately long fur ; space in front of the
ears, about the eyes, and extremity of muzzle generally almost
naked. Fur above dark brown, tipped with light yellowish-brown;
head and neck wholly yellowish-brown ; below sooty-brown, the
tips lighter than those of the upper surface.

Dimensions.—Head and body about one and four-fifths inch ;
tail about one and a half inch; forearm about one and a third inch.

Habitat.—North Australia ; the Oriental Region from Ceylon
to Southern Japan, and the Malay Archipelago ; and in summer
entending westwards to Middle Europe.

Reference.—Dobson, B.M. Catal. Chiropt. p. 226.

3. VESPERUGO KREFFTI, Peters (1869).
Krefft’s Bat.

Ear-conches shorter than the head, triangular, the tips rounded
and, owing to a deep and abrupt emargination on the upper third
of the outer margin, distinct, Tragus acutely pointed and curved
inwards, with a distinct, acutely triangular lobe at the bases of the
outer margin. Wing-membrane attached to the bases of the toes
or to the metatarsus. Postcalcaneal lobe very shallow. Cartila-
ginous extremity of tail only free. Face in front- of the ears
nearly naked, the glandular prominences with a few long hairs.
Fur above dark reddish-brown ; below paler.

Dimensions.—Head and body about two and two-fifths inches ;
tail about two inches ; forearm rather shorter than the tail.

Habitat.—New South Wales ; Tasmania.

feferences.—Dobson, B.M. Catal. Chiropt. p. 232; Gould,
Mamm. Austr. iii. pl. xlviii.

Genus ITI.—CHALINOLOBUS, Peters (1866).

Muzzle broad, generally very short and obtuse: glandular
prominences well developed. Crown of head slightly raised above
face-line. Nostrils sublateral, forming a prominent flattened
central ridge on the upper surface of the muzzle, separated from
the glandular prominences by a distinct groove. Ears short,
broad, rhomboidal or ovoid; the tragus expanded above and

90 CHALINOLOBUS.

curved inwards. Lower lip with a distinct fleshy lobule on either
side near the angle of the mouth, projecting horizontally outwards.
Wings from the bases of the toes. Upper incisors unequal and
unicuspid ; the poe ones shots bibs inner long.

Dentition. ae my op —— P, 2 —* (Australian) or iS * (African),
M. $=} = 34 or 32,

Habits.—Insectivorous,

1. CHALINOLOBUS MORIO, Gray, sp. (1841).
Chocolate or Small-toothed Bat.

Ears small, rounded off above. Tragus narrow at the base,
expanded in the middle. Nostrils opening slightly downwards,
the margins of the apertures sharply cut and projecting above,
separated by a rather wide concave space having a small median
ridge. Postcalcaneal lobe well developed, supported internally by
a cartilaginous prop, the curved extremity of which forms its
posterior margin. Tail wholly contained within the interfemoral
membraue. Fur above dark brown, almost black, on the head
and anterior half of the body, passing into dark chestnut-brown
posteriorly ; below similar but slightly paler. Body fur rather
long and thick. Base of interfemoral membrane between the
thighs only furry.

Dimensions.—Head and body about one and four-fifths inch;
tail about one and seven-tenths inch; forearm about one and a
half inch.

Habitat—From southern Queensland through New South
Wales and Victoria to South Australia; Tasmania; New Zealand.

References.— Dobson, B.M. Catal. Chiropt. p. 248, pl. xiv. figs.
1 (ear), la (muzzle); Gould, Mamm. Austr. iii. pl. xli. (S. morio),
xlii. (S. microdon); Thomas, Ann. Nat. Hist. (6) iv. p. 462.

2. CHALINOLOBUS SIGNIFER, Dobson (1876).
Dobson’s Bat.
Ears and nostrils as in C. tuberculatus. An erect transverse

process on the face between and slightly in front of the eyes ; its

free upper margin regularly convex. All other characters similar
to those of the preceding species.

Dimensions.—Head and body about two inches; tail about
one and three-fourths inch; forearm about one and two-fifths inch.

Habitat.—South Central Queensland.

Reference.—Dobson, B. M. Catal. Chiropt. p. 250, pl. xiv. figs.
2 (front view of head), 2a (muzzle).

Note.—Probably not distinct from the preceding species.

SCOTOPHILUS. 91

3. CHALINOLOBUS GOULDI, Gray, sp. (1841).
Gould’s Bat.

Ears rather angular on the upper half, the tips rounded. Tragus
broad above, the tip subtruncate. Nostrils prominent above,
separated on each side by a small sulcus from the well developed
glandular prominences. Lower lip with a distinct fleshy lobe.
Postcalcaneal lobe well developed and rounded. Extreme tip of
the tail projecting. Fur above on the head, neck, and shoulders
black with a very faint reddish tinge ; the back yellowish-brown;
below, the breast reddish or ashy, the abdomen, sides, wing- and
interfemoral membranes pale yellowish-white.

Dimensions.—Head and body about two and a half inches ; tail
about two and a quarter inches; forearm about one and four-fifths
inch.

Habitat.—Eastern and South-eastern Australia, and Tasmania.

References.—Dobson, B.M. Catal. Chiropt. p. 250, pl. xiv. figs.
4 (side view of head), 4a (interfemoral membrane), 4b (upper
incisors); Gould, Mamm. Austr. iii. pl. xl.

4. CHALINOLOBUS NIGROGRISEUS, Gould, sp. (1863).
Pied or Blackish-gray Bat.

Ears very rhomboidal; the tip rounded. Tragus expanded
outwards above. Nostrils prominent on the upper surface of the
muzzle, projecting slightly by their inner margins in front, and
closer together than those of any other species of the genus. Post-
calcaneal lobe well developed and rounded. Last rudimentary
joint of the tail free. Fur above deep black with gray or pale
brown tips to the hairs ; below similar but with ashy tips.

Dimensions.—Head and body about one and three-fourths inch ;
tail and forearm each one and one-third inch.

Habitat.—Northern and Eastern Australia.

References.—Dobson, B.M. Catal. Chiropt. p. 251, pl. xiv. figs. 3
(ear), 3a (muzzle); Gould, Mamm., Austr. iii. pls. xliii. (Scotophilus
picatus), xliv. (S. nigrogriseus).

Genus IV.—SCOTOPHILUS, Leach (1822).

Form stout. Muzzle short, obtusely conical, naked; glandular
prominences variable. Crown of the head but little elevated
above the face line. Nostrils close together, simple, lunate, open-
ing to the front or sublaterally, their inner margins projecting.
Ears short, longer than broad, with rounded tips. Tragus taper-
ing, subacutely pointed, and curved inwards. Terminal rudi-
mentary vertebra of tail protruding beyond the interfemoral
membrane. Calcaneum weak. Wings attached to, or close to

92 SCOTOPHILUS.

bases of toes. Upper incisors long, unicuspidate, acute, basally
close to'the canines.

a: 2qlt p ll 3—3
Dentition.—I. 4, ©. >, P. 5, M. = = 30.

Habits.—Insectivorous.

1. ScoroPHILUS RUEPPELLI, Peters, sp. (1866).
Ruppell’s Bat.

Ears short, the tips obtusely rounded. Tragus rather narrow,
subacutely pointed, the basal half of the outer margin with two
distinct emarginations, the upper half slightly convex and sloping
inwards ; no transverse ridge on its outer surface. Fur short, on
the upper surface almost wholly confined to the body; dark brown
above and below, the extreme tips above and the terminal fourth
below ashy ; sometimes with a chesnut tinge throughout.

Dimensions.—Head and body about two and three-fourths
inches; tail not quite two inches ; forearm two inches.

Habitat.—New South Wales.

Reference.—Dobson, B.M. Catal. Chiropt. p. 263, pl. xv. fig. 2
(side view of head).

2. ScoroPpHILus GREYI, (Gray) Dobson (1875).
Grey’s Bat.

Ears short, triangular, the tips rounded. Tragus broad, obtuse,
the basal half of the outer margin straight, the terminal half
convex and sloping inwards; no transverse ridge on its outer
surface. Postcalcaneal lobe small, but distinct, rounded. Fur
short, the face in front of the eyes nearly naked ; chestnut-brown
above and below, the extreme tips of the latter ashy.

Dimensions.—Head and body about one and three-fourths inch;
tail and forearm about one and one-fifth inch.

Habitat.—Port Essington ; Liverpool Ranges,

References.—Dobson, B.M. Catal. Chiropt. p. 263, pl. xv. fig. 4
(ear); Gould, Mamm. Austr. iii. pl. xlv.

Genus V.—VESPERTILIO, Keyserling & Blasius (1839).

Muzzle long, thickly hairy; glandular prominences small. Crown
of head vaulted, slightly elevated above face-line. Nostrils sub-
lateral, simple, crescentic. Lars oval, longer than broad, separate;
tragus long, generally acute and attenuated upwards. Postcal-
caneal lobe absent or very small. Upper incisors nearly equal,
in pairs close to the canines.

oa 4 1—1 3—3 3—3
Dentition.—I. ? C. Tp P. 39) M. 3—3 — 38.

Habits.—Insectivorous.

KERIVOULA. 93

1. VESPERTILIO ADVERSUS, Horsfield (1824).
Great-footed Bat.

Extremity of ear broadly triangular, with the angle rounded
off; upper half of outer margin straight. Tragus well developed,
the extremity straight. Wings from the ankles and the sides of
the body. Interfemoral membrane forming a very acute angle
behind. Feet very large. Tail projecting beyond the membrane
to some extent. Calcaneum very long, extending at least three-
fourths of the distance between the ankle and the tail. Fur of
moderate length. Second upper premolar extremely small, placed
quite inside, in the angle between the first and third premolars,
not visible from without.

Dimensions.—Head and body about two inches; tail about
one and three-quarters inch ; forearm about one and a half inch ;
foot about half an inch.

Habitat.—From Siam through Java, Borneo and the Celebes to
the northern half of Australia.

References.—Dobson, B.M. Catal. Chiropt. p. 292, pl. xviii. fig.
4 (ear enlarged); Gould, Mamm. Austr, iii. pl. xlvii.

2. VESPERTILIO AUSTRALIS, Dobson (1878).
Small-footed Bat.

Extremity of ear broad and very obtusely rounded ; upper third
of outer margin deeply concave. Tragus well developed, the
narrow extremity rounded and slightly curved outwards. Wings
from the bases of the toes. Interfemoral membrane forming an
obtuse angle behind. Feet of moderate size. Only the extreme
tip of the tail projecting. Calcaneum extending about half-way
between the ankle and the tail. Fur short. Second upper pre-
molar small, but in the normal position and so visible from without.
Brown, the extreme tips above and the terminal third below lighter.

Dimensions.—Head and body about one and four-fifths inch ;
tail and forearm about one and one half inch; foot about one-third

of an inch.
Habitat.—New South Wales.
Reference.—Dobson, B.M. Catal. Chiropt. p. 317.

Genus VI.—KERIVOULA, Gray, (1842).

Muzzle narrow and elongated ; glandular prominences very
small and indistinct. Crown of the head considerably vaulted.
Nostrils simple, circular, sublateral. ars funnel-shaped, dia-
phanous, studded with glandular papille; tragus long, narrow,
and acutely pointed. Wings from the bases of the toes. Calcaneum

94 KERIVOULA.

long and strong, curved backwards, without postcalcaneal lobe.
Outer incisor shorter than the inner one, sometimes minute.

Dentition.—I. 5, C.7—3, P. 33, M. 3 =38.

ibe. namangeanal ; forest-haunting.

1. KERIVOULA PAPUENSIS, Dobson (1878).
Eastern Forest Bat.

Ears extending nearly to the end of the muzzle when laid for-
wards, the tips rounded, the outer margin with a deep concavity
occupying its upper fourth. Tragus with a distinct rounded lobe
at the base of its outer margin, succeeded by a deep notch. Fur
above dark brown, with the terminal fourth shining yellow ; below
paler brown, with the extreme tips shining gray ; forearm clothed
with short adpressed golden hairs.

Dimensions.—Head and body about one and four-fifths inch ;
tail about the same length ; forearm about one and a half inch.

Habitat.—North-eastern Australia; South-eastern New Guinea.
Reference.—Dobson, B.M. Catal. Chiropt. p. 339.

Genus VII.—MINIOPTERUS, Bonaparte (1837).

Muzzle rather short and broad; glandular prominences well
developed. Crown of the head abruptly and considerably elevated
above the face-line. Nostrils simple, lunate, sublateral. Ears
rhomboidal, separate ; tragus short and obtuse. First phalanx
of middle finger very short. Wings to the ankles or the tibiz,
attached to the inferior surface. Feet long and slender; toes
subequal. Upper incisors short, weak, separated from the canines.

Dentition.—l. > CLS a Lan 2 » M. 2 = 36.

RO Le ie

1. MINIOPTERUS SCHREIBERSI, Vatterer (1819).
Schreibers’ Bat.

A deep horizontal groove beneath the eye. Ears much shorter
than the head, very much rounded above, the outer margin straight
above. Tragus rather more than twice as long as broad, rounded
above. Wings to the ankles or to the extremity of the tibia.
Feet long and slender. Tail wholly contained within the inter-
femoral membrane, which is nearly naked above. Fur above and
below grayish, sometimes reddish, the basal half of the hairs dark
grayish-brown.

Dimensions.—Head and body about two and one-fifth inches ;
tail about the same ; forearm about one and three-fourths inch.

TAPHOZOUS. 95

Habitat.—Australia and the Islands of Torres Straits; from
New Guinea and the Malay Archipelago westward through the
wholeof southern Asia and Europe; Africa from the Mediterranean
to the Cape of Good Hope.

Reference.—Dobson, B.M. Catal. Chiropt. p. 348.

2. MINIOPTERUS AUSTRALIS, Zomes (1858).

Differs chiefly from MW. schreibersi in its smaller size and the
distribution of the fur. Interfemoral membrane clothed as far
back as a line drawn from one ankle to the other ; tibise covered
with fine hairs. Fur dark reddish-brown throughout above; below
darker brown basally, the extremities grayish.

Dimensions.—Head and body about one and three-fourths inch;
tail about the same ; forearm about one and three-fifths inch.

Habitat.—Australia ; Loyalty Islands.
Reference.—Dobson, B.M. Catal. Chiropt. p. 351.

Family V.EMBALLONURIDA.

Nasal apertures simple or valvular, situated at the extremity
of the muzzle, without distinct cutaneous appendages. Ears large,
often united, with short tragi. Tail partially free, either perfor-
ating the interfemoral membrane and appearing upon its upper
surface, or produced far beyond its posterior margin. Upper
incisors separated in front.

Subfamily I.— EmpBaLionurinm.

Tail slender, perforating the interfemoral membrane and appear-
ing upon its upper surface, or terminating in it. Legs Inog;
fibule very slender. Upper incisors weak.

Genus I.—TAPHOZOUS, Geoffroy (1812).

Muzzle very conical, broad behind, very narrow in front, ter-
minated by the slightly projecting inner margin of the valvular
nostrils. Ears separate; tragus short, narrow in the middle,
expanded above. Lower lip as long or slightly longer than the
upper. Generally a glandular sac, opening anteriorly, between
the angles of the lower jaw, more or only developed in the males.
Tail perforating the interfemoral membrane, and appearing on its
upper surface, capable of being partially withdrawn. Upper
incisors often absent in adults.

Dentition.—I. 7, O. =, P. 53, M. 3 = 30.

Habits.—Insectivorous.

96 TAPHOZOUS.

1. TAPHOZOUS AUSTRALIS, Gould (1853).
Sharp-nosed Bat.

Lower lip scarcely grooved. Gular sac distinct but rather
small in the males, absent in the females. Ears large, as long as
or longer than the head. Radio-metacarpal pouch well developed.
Wings from the ankles or tarsus. Tail slender. Interfemoral
membrane clothed with fur as far as the point perforated by it.
Fur rather long and dense, basally pure white above and below,
the remaining three-fourths above dark brown, below paler.

Dimensions.—Head and body about three inches ; tail about
one and a third inch ; forearm about two and three-fourths inches.

Habitat.—Australia and New Guinea.

References.—Dobson, B. M. Catal. Chiropt. p. 382; Gould,
Mamm. Austr. ili. pl. xxxii.

2. TAPHOZOUS FLAVIVENTRIS, (Gould) Peters (1866).
Yellow-bellied Bat.

Differs only from 7’. australis, in its color and superior size.
Fur above uniform dark brown, below pale ochraceous yellow,
whitish basally.

Habitat.— New South Wales.
Reference.—Dobson, B.M. Catal. Chiropt. p. 382.

Note.—Dr. Ramsay’s 7’. hargravii, of which the type is in the
Australian Museum, Sydney, is founded on a dried skin in very
bad condition, and is possibly identical with this species ; in any
case until good specimens in the flesh are obtained and an extended
examination and comparison thus rendered possible, it is premature
to give it a place in our fauna. The specimen was obtained in
the Wollongong District, N.S. Wales. It is but right to state
that Dr. Ramsay still considers the species to be good ; for the
reason given above | can venture on no opinion.

3. TApHozous AFFINIS, Dobson (1875).

Var. a. 7’. insignis, Leche (1884).
Leche’s Bat.

Lower lip deeply grooved. Gular sac large in the males,
rudimentary in the the females; behind its aperture a small
duplication of the integument provided with thickened edges.
Kars shorter than the head. Upper margin of tragus jagged.
Radio-metacarpal pouch absent. Wings from the ankles. Inter-
femoral membrane naked. Fur above black with white bases,
below pure silky white. Antebrachial and interfemoral membranes
and the portion of the wing-membrane between the forearm and

NYCTONOMUS. 97

the third finger white, between the first and third fingers black
mottled with white along the latter.

Dimensions.—Head and body about three inches ; tail about
one inch ; forearm nearly three inches.

Habitat.—South Australia.

Reference.—Leche, Proc. Zool. Soc. 1884, p. 51, fig. 4 a. (side
view of head showing lobature of left tragus); B. (right tragus,; c.
(under view of head showing subsidiary sac ).

Note.—In enumerating the points of difference between the
typical 7. affinis of Dobson and his variety insignis, Prof. W.
Leche lays stress on the color of the wing-membrane between the
forearm and the third finger, but his description is word for word
that of Dr. Dobson, so that, unless some clerical error has been
committed, this difference (?) must be excised. In regard to the
tragus it is noticeable that the form of the lobature in the, pre-
sumably typical, example figured is totally different on either
side, as indeed is noticed by its describer, leading us to surmise
that this may be the result of accident, or else an individual
peculiarity ; if this should prove to be the case there is nothing
by which to separate this form from the typical species, except a
rudimentary subsidiary gular sac in the male, hardly a sufficient
difference on which to form even a variety. Prof. Leche can in
any case be congratulated on having added a very distinct species
of Taphozous to the Australian Fauna.

Subfamily II.—Motossinam.

Tail thick, produced far beyond the posterior margin of the
interfemoral membrane, which is movable upon it. Legs short
and strong with well developed fibule. Feet large ; the first toe
and often the fifth, much larger than the others. Upper incisors
strong.

Genus II.—NYCTONOMUS, Geoffroy (1812).

Extremity of muzzle broad, very obliquely truncated, projecting
considerably beyond the lower lip, and terminated by the sharply
cut margin of the nostrils. Ears united on the muzzle, or close
together by the bases of their inner margins ; tragus short, never
linear. Upper lip expansible, generally deeply grooved by vertical
wrinkles. First and fifth toes much thicker than the others; backs
of all the toes with long curved hairs. Upper incisors close to
the canines at their bases, separate in front, their cusps converg-
ing inwards and forwards.

pee abel i! 2—2
Dentition.—lI. | or 7, C. Page Oho

3 ¢
=p a> 30 or 32.

Habits.—Insectivorous,
G

98 NYCTONOMUS.

1. Nycronomus pLicatus, Buchanan-Hamilton, sp. (1800).
Plicated Bat.

Ears united by a low band in front, evenly and broadly rounded
off above. Tragus very small and quadrate, the upper margin
slightly concave. Upper lip very thick, deeply grooved by vertical
wrinkles. No gular sac. Wing-membrane from the lower end
of the tibia. Fur very soft and dense ; above bluish- or smoky-
black, below paler.

Dimensions.—Head and body about two and three-fourths
inches; tail about one and three-fourths inch ; forearm nearly
two inches.

Habitat.—South Australia; Tasmania; Malay Peninsula; Java;
Sumatra; Borneo; Philippine Islands; India.

References.-—Dobson, B.M. Catal. Chiropt p. 425 ; Leche, Proc.
Zool. Soc. 1884, p. 51.

2. NYcTONOMUS AUSTRALIS, Gray, sp. (1838).
White-striped Bat.

Ears large, their inner margins not united, but rising close
together from distinct points of origin. Integument of the ear-
conch rather thin. Tragus short and broad, the outer margin
distinctly concave mesially. Upper lip with short vertical wrinkles.
A large gular sac with outwardly projecting hairs in the male,
and but little developed in the female. Wing-membrane from
the distal third of the tibia. Fur moderately long and dense ;
above dark reddish-brown, below paler ; in the male the fur cover-
ing the wing-membrane beneath the humerus and femur, from the
sides of the body outwards is pure white; in the female white
largely mixed with brown.

Dimensions. —Head and body about three inches; tail about
one and three-fourths inch ; forearm about two and a third inches.

Habitat.—Australia ; New Guinea.

References.—Dobson, B.M. Catal. Chiropt. p. 433, pl. xxii. fig.
9 (head); Gould, Mamm. Austr. iii. pl. xxxi.

3. Nycronomus ALBipus, Leche, (1884).
Leche’s White-striped Bat.

Differs from WV. australis in the following particulars: Lars
much longer than the head, and united by a low band. Integu-
ment of ear-conch thick and opaque. The gular sac and the white
band of fur along the inner margin of the wing beneath fully
developed in the female.

Ge

RODENTIA. 99

Dimensions.—Head and body about three and a half inches ;
tail about two inches ; forearm about two and two-fifths inches.

Habitat.—South Australia.

Reference.—Leche, Proc. Zool. Soc. 1884, p. 50, fig. 3. a. (front
and lower view of head); B. (side view of upper jaw); C. (side view
of lower jaw).

4. NYCTONOMUS NORFOLCENSIS, Gray, sp. (1839).
Norfolk Island Bat.

Ears triangular, shorter than the head, separate, the outer
margin of the conch straight, the tip broadly rounded. Tragus
triangular, rounded above. Muzzle flat and obtuse. Upper lip
with shallow vertical wrinkles. Nostrils opening sublaterally.
Gular sac small in the male, rudimentary in the female. Wing-
membrane from the ankle. Fur reddish-brown above, paler
beneath. Lower incisors six.

Dimensions.—Head and body rather more than two inches ;
tail about one and a fourth inch; forearm about one and a half inch.
Habitat.—Eastern Australia ; Norfolk Island.

Reference.—Dobson, B.M. Catal. Chiropt. p. 439 ;

5. Nycronomus pErTersi, Leche (1884).
Peters’ Bat.

Differs from WV. norfolcensis in the following particulars only.
Nostrils opening forwards. Gular’ sac absent in both sexes.
Wing-membrane arising from the tibia a short distance behind
the ankle.

Dimensions.—Head and body about two and two-fifths inches ;
tail and forearm about one and a third inch.

Habitat.—South Australia.

Reference.—Leche, Proc. Zool. Soc. 1884, p. 49, fig. 1. A. (side
view of upper jaw); B. (front view of lower jaw).

Order IV.—RODENTIA.

Terrestrial, rarely arboreal or natatorial, diphyodont, placental
mammals of small size ; with plantigrade or semiplantigrade,
generally pentadactyle, unguiculate, rarely subungulate feet ;
with clavicles (sometimes imperfect or rudimentary) ; with never
more than two incisors in the mandible, and without canines ;
premolars and molars rooted or rootless ; with tuberculated or
laminated crowns, and arranged in an unbroken series,

100 MURIDA.

To the Ropentra belong the greater number of living Mammals,
and their distribution is practically cosmopolitan, but, as with
the remaining Orders of EurneEria, they are not well represented
in Australia, only one of the eighteen recognised Families being
indigenous. The absence of canines and the large chisel-shaped
incisors distinguish them from all other Mammals.

The dental formula is, asa rule, very constant, and may be
cited typically as I. +, C. $, PM. + or 3, M. 2.

There are usually five digits in the hand, the pollex, however,
being sometimes rudimentary or even absent.

Family I1—MURID.

Rodents of various habit, but generally terrestrial ; with con-
tracted frontals ; with the lower root of the maxillary zygomatic
process more or less flattened into a perpendicular plate. Malar
short and slender, generally reduced to a splint between the
maxillary and squamosal processes. Typically with a high per-
pendicular infraorbital foramen, wide above and narrow below.
Lower incisors compressed ; molars rooted or rootless, tuberculate
or with angular enamel folds; premolars none, except in Sminthus,;
pollex rudimentary ; tail generaly subnaked and scaly.

The Rats constitute more than a third of the known Rodents,
and are represented by thirty-five genera with a cosmopolitan
distribution. The presence or absence of roots to the molars
divide these into two distinct sections.

Subfamily I.—Hypromyinz.

Molars 2, divided into transverse lobes ; infraorbital opening
variable ; incisive foramina very small.

Genus I.—HYDROMYS, Geoffroy (1805).

Molars two only in each ramus, divided into transverse lobes.
Infraorbital opening crescentic, scarcely narrowed above, its
external wall without an anteriorly projecting plate. Incisive
foramina very small. Toes partially webbed.

Distribution.—Australia ; Tasmania ; New Guinea.
Dentition.—I. 7, M.4 = 12.
Habits.—Strictly aquatic, frequenting banks of rivers, creeks,

water-holes, and inlets of the sea. In their habits they are rather
shy, and strictly nocturnal or crepuscular.

Note.—This and the succeeding genus differ from all other
Rodents in the paucity of their molar teeth. Their food consists
of mollusks, crustaceans, and other aquatic animals, along with
vegetable products.

HYDROMYS. 101

1. Hypromys curysoGastEr, Geoffroy (1805).
Kastern Water Rat.
Fig. 4.

Fig. 4.—Under surface of skull to show palate and dentition (natural
size). a, Upper molars, enlarged. b, Side view of same, enlarged.

Fig. 5.—Side view of skull and ramus (natural size).

Fig. 6.—Lower jaw.

Head, ears, back, outer surface of hind limbs, the body behind
them, and the root of the tail grizzled black and buff, the former
color predominating ; sides of face and body, the entire under
surface, and the inner side of the limbs rich deep reddish-orange
or buffy-white ; outer surface of arms deep brown ; upper surface
of hind feet pale glaucous-buff, passing into brown on the tips of
the toes ; basal half of tail black, apical half white.

Habitat.—Eastern Australia and Tasmania, ranging at least
as far northwards as the Herbert River District.

References.—Gould, Mamm. Austr. iil. pls. xxiv. (H. chryso-
gaster) and xxvi. (H. leucogaster); Thomas, Proc. Zool. Soc. 1889,
p. 247, pl. xxix. fig. 7 (anterior zygoma-root).

Note.—The two forms here mentioned, though for many years
kept separate as distinct species, are now generally allowed to
be mere color varieties of one species.

102 HYDROMYS.

2. Hypromys FULvoLAvaTuSs, Gould (1863).
Western Water Rat.

General color of fur orange-buff or buffy-brown, but the
numerous black hairs which are dispersed over the upper surface
give those parts a dusky hue; the whiskers, which in the other
species are entirely black, are in this mixed black and white ,
outer surface of limbs dark brown ; upper surface of hind limbs
pale brown, deepening towards the toes ; nails white ; tail black,
except the extreme tip which is white.

Habitat.—South and West Australia,

Reference.—Gould, Mamm. Austr. iii. pls. xxv.(H. fulvolavatus )
and xxvii. (H. fuliginosus ).

Note.— As with its eastern representative there are two distinct
color varieties of the Western Water Rat. Mr. Oldfield Thomas
apparently considers (v. Proc. Zool. Soc., 1889, p. 247) all six
described forms of //ydromys to belong to one and the same
species. His words are as follows: ‘One of the most singular,
and at the same time the most isolated genera of Murida is
Hydromys, of which the on/y species is the well-known Australian
Water-rat.” According to this H. chrysogaster is the name by
which the sole species should be known.

Genus II.—XEROMYS, Thomas (1889).

External form murine. Tip of muzzle as in J/us, not as in
Hydromys. Toes unwebbed. Tail scaly, very finely haired.
Skull as in Mus, except that the supraorbital edges are rounded.
teeth both in number and structure as in Hydromys. Infra-
orbital foramen typically murine, the outer wall broad and
slightly projecting forwards.

Distribution.—Queensland.
Dentition.—I. i M. : SI

Habits.—Terrestrial. ,

1. XeRomys myoipEs, Z’homas (1889).
Thomas’ Rat.

External appearance like that of an ordinary Rat. Lars short
and rounded, laid forward they only reach to within three or
four millimetres of the posterior canthus of the eye; their
anterior edge without the supplementary flap found in Hydromys.
Fur very short, uniform in length. Whiskers as in J/ws, fewer
and slenderer than in Hydromys. General color above dark
slaty-gray, below white. Ears gray. Arms and legs like the
back ; hands and feet very thinly haired, almost naked terminally,

MUS. 103

white. Palms and soles naked, the former with five, the latter
with six pads, the last hind pad elongate. Pollex with a short
broad nail, all the other digits with claws: fifth digit on each
foot without claw, reaching just to the base of the fourth. Tail
about the length of the body without the head, slender, scaly,
the scales rather irregularly disposed, very small, averaging about
twenty to twenty-two to the centimetre, the whole tail very
thinly covered with fine white hairs; its substance pale flesh
color above and below. Palate-ridges as in Hydromys, i.e. three
predental, the third notched in the centre, three interrupted inter-
dental ridges, and one uninterrupted posterior ridge. Mamme
0-2=4. Upper incisors long, less curved than in Mus, their
front surfaces smooth, ungrooved, and orange in color: lower
incisors very long, their front surfaces white.

Habitat.—Port Mackay, Queensland.

Dimensions.— 2 ad. Head and body about four and a half
inches ; tail about three and a half inches.

References.—Thomas, Proc. Zool. Soc. 1889, p. 247, pl. xxix.
ff. 1—4 (skull), 5 (palate-ridges), 6 (anterior zygoma-root), 8 (ear),
9 (right hind foot), and 10 —12 (left upper and lower molars).

Subfamily [1.—Muvrina.
Rats and Mice.

Molars tuberculate, at least in youth. Cheek-pouches absent.
Tail scaly, more or less naked.

This sub-family contains about two hundred and fifty species
belonging to eighteen well defined genera.

Genus ITI.—MUS, Linneus (1766).

Incisors narrow, not grooved: molars small, with three series
of cusps across each tooth. Incisive foramina long. Coronoid
process of lower jaw well developed. yes and ears large. Fur
soft, sometimes mixed with spines. Pollex with a short nail
instead of a claw. No cheek-pouches. Tail long, nearly naked,
with rings of overlapping scales.

Distribution.—Eastern Hemisphere, except Madagascar.
Dentition.—I. 7, M. 2 = 16.
Mamme.—Varying from six to twenty.

Habits.—Terrestrial or semiaquatic ; fossorial ; normally grani-
vorous, but under pressure of hunger, or when a semidomesticated
existence has been taken up—such, for instance, as in the case of
the House Mouse, Mus musculus, and the Brown Rat, Mus
decumanus—omnivorous.

104 MUS.

Note.— This, the typical genus of the Family (RoDENT1A) is,”
Mr. Oldfield Thomas writes, ‘by far the largest of the Order,
and indeed of the whole Class MamMA.ia, containing not less
than one hundred and twenty species spread over the whole of
the Old World with the exception of Madagascar. The number
of species is, on the whole, much more considerable in tropical
than in temperate regions, while but few are found where the
climate is excessively cold.” The following paragraph from the
same pen is of more than ordinary interest, and to it we would
call the attention of our northern zoologists, whose opportunities
of examining the animals at different seasons and different
altitudes so far exceeds ours. ‘It is an interesting fact in
connection with climate that many of the species living in hot
countries have their fur more or less mixed with flattened spines,
and that these spines appear to be shed during the winter and to
be replaced by hairs, the latter naturally affording a warmer
covering for the animal than the former.”

1. Mus ruscipes, Waterh. (1840).
Dusky-footed Rat.

Form stout ; ears moderate ; tail equal in length to the body ;
tarsi moderate ; fur very long. General color above blackish-
brown with an admixture of gray ; below grayish-white. Feet
brown: tail black, sparingly covered with short bristly hairs.
Incisors orange.

Dimensions.--Head and body to six and a half inches ; tail to
four and a quarter inches.

Habitat.—The entire southern half of Australia ; Tasmania ;
Islands of Bass’ Strait.

References.— Waterhouse, Voy. Beagle, Mamm. p. 66, pl. xxv. ;
Gould, Mamm. Austr. iii. pl. i1.

Note.—This Rat is partial to the neighborhood of water,
frequenting the banks of streams and lagunes, swampy localities
among long grass and dense brush, and swims with great ease
and rapidity.

2. Mus VELLEROSUS, Gray (1847).
Tawny Rat.

Form stout ; ears moderate ; tail shorter than the body ; fur
very long, close, and rather soft. General color above reddish-
brown with interspersed whitish hairs; below paler. Feet, and
tail brown, the latter with a few short bristly hairs. Incisors
yellow.

MUS. 105

Dimensions.—Head and body to seven and a half inches; tail
to four and a half inches.

Habitat.—Plains between the Murray and Glenelg Rivers, |
South Australia.

References.—Gray, Proc. Zool. Soc. 1847, p. 5; Gould, Mamm.
Austr. iii. pl. xii. °

3. Mus tingoxatus, Gould (1845).
Plain Rat.

Ears moderate ; tail longer than the body ; fur long and very
soft. General color above deep slate-gray, with the tips and the
longer interspersed hairs black ; below grayish-white more or less
suffused with yellow; eye encircled with black. Feet rather
small and white. Tail well clothed with small hairs, blackish
above, white below.

Dimensions.—Head and body to five and a-half inches ; tail to
four and a half inches.

Habitat.—Darling Downs, frequenting the open parts of the
grassy plains.

Reference.—-Gould, Mamm. Austr. iii. pl. xviii.

4. Mus assimixis, Gould (1857).
Allied Rat.

Fur soft and silky. General color above light brown, very
finely pencilled with black, below grayish-buff. Feet clothed
with very fine silvery hairs. Tail nearly naked, slightly longer
than the body.

Dimensions.—Head and body to seven and a quarter inches ;
tail to six inches.

Habitat.—From North-eastern Queensland to South-western
Australia.

References.—Gould, Mamm. Austr. iil. pl. xiii.; Collett, Zool.
Jahr. ii. 1886-7, p. 838.

5. Mus mantcatus, Gould (1857).
White-footed Rat.

Habit medium ; ears rather large. General color above black,
gradually shading into the deep gray of the under surface ; nose,
fore part of the lips, stripe down the centre of the throat and
chest, and all the feet, white ; whiskers deep black. Tail naked,
a little shorter than the body.

Dimensions.—Head and body up to seven inches ; tail up to
five inches.

106 MUS.

Habitat.—York Peninsula ; Mount Kosciusko. ?
Reference.—Gould, Mamm. Austr. ili. pl. xvi.

6. Mus sorpipus, Gould (1867).
_ Sordid Rat.

Habit stout. Ears rather large. Hair rather coarse and
wiry. General color above grizzled black and brown, the former
prevailing on the dorsal aspect ; below grayish-buff; fore feet
grayish-brown ; hind feet silvery-gray ; tail thinly clothed with
extremely fine black hairs, about equal in length to the body.

Dimensions.—Head and body to six and three-fourths inches ;
tail to five inches.

Habitat.—Darling Downs.

Reference.—Gould, Mamm. Austr. ii. pl. xvii.

Note.—According to Gilbert its food consists mostly of the
roots of stunted shrubs, and while it is common on the plains it
is also found occasionally on the banks of creeks.

7. Mus toneipiuis, Gould (1863).
Long-haired Rat.

Fur very long, hairy, and somewhat harsh to the touch, of a
grayish-brown at the base and tawny-buff at the tip, numerously
interspersed especially along the back with very long, fine black
hairs ; below buffy-gray ; feet flesh color, sparingly clothed with
silvery hairs. Tail thinly beset with fine, stiff, black hairs.

Dimensions.— Head and body to seven and three-fourths inches ;
tail to five and three-fourths inches.

Habitat.—Victoria River ?
Reference.—Gould, Mamm. Austr. iil. pl. xiii.

8. Mus vetutinus, Zhomas (1882).
Velvet-furred Rat.

Fur very tong, soft, and velvety. General color above yellowish
olivaceous gray, the hairs dark slaty-gray for nine-tenths of their
length, with their extreme tips yellow, and intermixed with
many longer black hairs: below bluish-gray, the bases of the
hairs light slate color, and the tips dirty white. ars, feet, and
tail uniform dark brown.

Dimensions.—Head and body up to six and a third inches ;
tail to four inches.

Habitat.—Tasmania.

eference.—Thomas, Ann. Nat. Hist. (5) ix. 1882, p. 415, fig.
4 (front edge of anterior zygoma-root).

MUS. 107

9. Mus BurtToNI, Ramsay (1887).
Burton’s Rat.

Fur close, thick, soft, of uniform texture, almost woolly. Ears
moderate. Tail not quite the length of the body, naked. General
color above uniform dull ashy-gray or mouse color, below lighter
gray. Whiskers black, reaching to behind the ears.

Dimensions.—Head and body—of type specimen—four- and
four-fifths inches ; tail four and one-tenth inches.

Habitat.—Derby, North-western Australia.

feference.—Ramsay, Proc. Linn, Soc. N.S. Wales, (2) ii. p. 553,
pl. xvii. figs. 1 - 3. (skull), 4 (hind foot) and 5 (fore foot).

10. Mus TERRH-REGINE, Alston (1879).
Gray’s White-footed Rat.

Fur stiff and harsh both above and below, most of the hairs
being developed into flattened channelled spines ; many longer
cylindrical hairs on the back. Tail almost naked, considerably
shorter than the head and body. Whiskers mixed black and
white. lars rather large, rounded, and naked. Feet very large
and stout. General color above dark reddish-brown, the longer
hairs black ; lips, lower parts of cheeks, all the under surfaces,
and feet yellowish-white ; tail dusky, irregularly marked with
yellowish patches and rings.

Dimensions.—Head and body to eight and a quarter inches; tail
to rather more than seven inches.

Habitat.—Cape York, Queensland.

References.—Gray, Proc. Zool. Soc. 1867, p. 598 (as Acanthomys
leucopus); Alston, op. cit. 1879, p. 646.

11. Mus Gouxp1, Waterhouse (1840).
Gould’s Rat.

Ears rather large ; tail shorter than the head and body ; tarsi
slender ; fur long and soft. General color pale ochreous-yellow,
interspersed above with numerous long black hairs ; entire lower
surfaces, the feet, and the claws, white; ears brown ; tail brown
above, yellowish-white below ; upper incisors deep orange, lower
yellow.

Dimensions.—Head and body to four and two-thirds inches ;
tail to three and a half inches.

Habitat.—Southern and Eastern Australia.

108 MUS.

Note.—Gould (l.c.) gives Mus greyi, Gray, in Grey’s Travels in
Australia (App. ii. p. 410, 1841), as a synonym of Mus gouldi ;
this, however, appears to be an error, Gray’s species being,
according to Thomas and Collett, valid.

12. Mus oreyi, Gray (1841).
Grey’s Rat.

General color above intense reddish-brown, interspersed with
long, slender, pale tipped, black hairs ; sides yellowish-brown ;
lower surfaces yellowish ; feet reddish-brown ; ears nearly naked,
with short grayish hairs ; tail brown, much shorter than the head

and body.

Dimensions.—Head and body to six inches; tail to four and
three-fourths inches.

Habitat.—From South Australia to North-eastern Queensland.

feferences.— Waterhouse, Voy. Beagle, i. p. 67, pl. xxxiv. fig.
18 (molars); Gould, Mamm. Austr. iii. pl. xix.

feferences.—Gray, Grey’s Trav. Austr. App. ii. p. 410; Collett,
Zool. Jahr. ii. 1886-7, p. 837.

Note.—Prof. Collett observes that this species ‘“ takes the
place in houses of Mus decumanus” in the Herbert River
District.

13. Mus nanus, Gould (1857).
Little Rat.

Fur coarse. General color above and the outer sides of the
limbs brown, with numerous interspersed fine black hairs ; below
grayish-white, becoming lighter and forming a conspicuous patch
beneath the tail ; feet light brown ; base of the fur bluish-gray ;
tail brown, shorter than the head and body.

Dimensions.—Head and body to four inches ; tail to three and
a fourth inches.

Habitat.—West Australia.
Reference.—Gould, Mamm. Austr. ili. pl. xx.

14. Mus ALBocInEREUS, Gould (1845).
Grayish-white Mouse.

Habit rather stout ; ears moderate ; tail nearly equal in length
to the head and body ; tarsi very slender ; fur very long and
soft. General color pale ashy-gray, with a slight brownish tint
on the hinder part of the back ; below white with a faint grayish
tinge ; head grayish-white, pencilled with black ; feet and tail
white, the latter with scattered black hairs above.

MUS. 109

Dimensions.—Slightly larger than Mus musculus.
Habitat.—West Australia. |
References.—Gould, Mamm. Austr. iii. pl. xxi.

Note.—Gould remarks: “This pretty little Mouse inhabits
the sandy districts bordering the sea-shore, particularly those
at the back of the sand-hills to the northward of Freemantle.”

15, Mus Nov4&-HOLLANDI#, Waterhouse (1842).
Common Field Mouse.

Tail not nearly so long as the head and body. Tarsi rather
long and slender ; fur rather long and very soft. General color
above deep gray, tipped with brownish-yellow ; below less deep
gray, tipped with white ; tail dusky above, white below.

Dimensions.—Head and body to three inches; tail to two inches,

Habitat.—New South Wales.

References.—Waterh., Proc. Zool. Soc. 1842, p. 146; Gould,
Mamm., Austr. iii. pl. xxii.

16. Mus pDELicatuuus, Gould (1842).
Pigmy Mouse.

Ears small; tarsi delicate; tail slender, nearly as long as the
head and body ; fur soft and short. General color above pale
yellowish-brown ; sides delicate yellow ; lower part of the sides
of the muzzle, entire under surfaces, and feet, white; fur of
uniform color on the throat and mesial line of the abdomen.

Dimensions.—Head and body to two and a half inches ; tail to
two and a fourth inches.

Habitat.—Port Essington.
Reference.—Gould, Mamm. Austr. iii. pl. xxiii.

17. Mus tompsoni, Ramsay (1881).
Tompson’s Rat. .

Tail longer than the head and body ; fur above rather harsh,
below soft. Genera) color above light gray, with a fulvescent
tinge, pencilled with black ; whiskers long and black, some near
the angle of the mouth white ; lower surfaces pure white ; hands
rather small, gray above; feet and claws white ; tail blackish,
the hairs very short.

Dimensions.—Head and body to six and two-thirds inches; tail
to seven and a half inches.

Habitat.—Interior of New South Wales.

Reference.—Ramsay, Proc. Zool. Soc. N.S. Wales, vi. p. 763,
figs. 1 (pinna), 2 (wnder surface of hand) and 3 (ditto of foot).

110 MUS.

Note.—Dr. Ramsay is undecided as to whether this species
should be placed in the genus Mus or in Hapalotis (Conilurus
of this work).

18. Mus arcurus, Zhomas (1889).
White-tailed Rat.

Tail rather longer than the head and body. Ears rounded,
reaching just beyond the middle of the eye when laid forward.
General color above pale sandy-rufous, the hairs slate-colored
basally ; muzzle and underside of body white, the hairs of the
chest and belly rufous basally ; hands and feet pure white ; tail
wholly white, more thickly clothed than usual, the tip slightly
pencilled.

Dimensions.—Head and body to three and a third inches; tail
to four inches.

Habitat.—South Australia.

Reference.—Thomas, Ann. Nat. Hist. (6) ili. 1889, p. 433, fig.
p. 434 (upper molar teeth ).

Note.—As in the case of Dr. Ramsay’s species just described,
Mr. Thomas was undecided as to the exact position to which to
assign this curious form; he remarks: “ Mus argurus has the
external characters and the skull of JMZ/us, with the molars of
Hapalotis ; and I am somewhat in doubt as to which of the two
it should be put into. It seems indeed probable that the charac-
ters of these two genera will be found so to blend together in the
different species as to necessitate their ultimate union, notwith-
standing the very striking characters presented by the more
typical species of Hapalotis.”

The following eight forms of Jfws, which have been described
by Messrs. Higgins & Petterd from Tasmania, are here introduced
for the sake of comparison with southern continental species, as
it is impossible for the writer with the data to hand to form an
opinion as to their validity or otherwise. It is not, however, at
all probable that the small island of Tasmania should possess no
less than eleven indigenous species of Jus, while but seventeen
have been described from Australia, one only being common to
both islands.

19. Mus eriseocaRuLeEvs, H. & P. (1882).
Blue Rat.

Ears naked and moderately long ; tail shorter than the head
and body, sparsely clothed; fur long. General color above
bluish-gray, sides and below ashy-gray ; feet clothed with short
yellow hairs, tail with short stiff black hairs,

MUS. 111

Dimensions.—Head and body to seven and a half inches ; tail
to six and three-fourths inches.

Habitat.— Northern Tasmania.

Reference.—Higgins & Petterd, Proc. Roy. Soc. Tas. 1882,
p. 173, with plate, figs. 2, 2a.

20. Mus teucorus, H. & P. (1882).
Short-tailed Rat.

Ears long ; tail very much shorter than head and body ; fur
long and soft. General color above dark brown tipped with pale
fulvous-brown, below dirty ashy-gray ; snout gray, the extreme
tip nearly white; ears clothed with almost black hairs ;. tail
above with short dark hairs mixed with paler, below with white
hairs ; feet white.

Dimensions.—Head and body to five and three-fourths inches ;
tail to three and three-fourths inches.

Habitat.—Northern Tasmania.

Reference.—Higgins & Petterd, Proc. Roy. Soc. Tas. 1882,
p. 174, with plate, figs. 4, 4a.

Note.—Should this prove to be a good species the name will
require to be altered.

21. Mus variaBiLis, H. & P. (1882).
Swan’s Rat.

Ears rather large, broad, very much rounded above, and almost
naked ; tail equal in length to the head and body ; fur rather
long and soft. General color above dark bluish-gray or fawn,
below pale bluish-gray or white; feet brownish, fawn color, or
white ; tail dark brown.

Dimensions.— Head and body to eight inches ; tail to the same
length.

Habitat.—Tasmania (St. Leonards).

Reference.—Higgins & Petterd, Proc. Roy. Soc. Tas. 1882,
p. 174, with plate, figs. 3, 3a.

22. Mus simsoni, H. & P. (1882).

Simson’s Rat.

Ear moderately long; tail longer than the head and body,
thickened at the base. General color above grayish-brown inter-
spersed with darker hairs, paler below ; face bluish-gray ; chin
white ; ears brown ; feet yellowish-white ; tail pale brown.

112 MUS.

Dimensions.—Head and body to two and five-eighths inches;
tail to two and seven-eighths inches.

Habitat.—Tasmania (Ringarooma).

Reference.—Higgins & Petterd, Proc. Roy. Soc. Tas. 1882,
p. 175, with plate, figs. 5, 5a.

23. Mus pacuyurus, H. & P. (1883).
Thick-tailed Rat.

Ear moderate, rounded ; tail thick, sparsely clothed, much
shorter than the head and body ; fur moderately long and rather
soft. General color above dark brown, below paler, especially
behind, where it is grayish-brown. Fore feet thickly clothed
with long brown hair, hind feet moderately so ; tail brown.
Incisors yellow at the tip, white at the base.

Dimensions.—Head and body to six and three-fourths inches ;
tail to four and one-eighth inches.

Habitat.—Tasmania (Long’s Plains).

Reference.— Higgins & Petterd, Proc. Roy. Soc. Tas. 1883,
p. 182, with plate, figs. 1 - 10.

Note.—The molar teeth, if correctly figured, would necessitate
the exclusion of this animal from the genus J/us as now restricted.

24. Mus castaneus, H. & P. (1883).
Chestnut-colored Rat.

Form very robust. Ears broad and roundly pointed; tail
much shorter than the head and body ; fur very long, dense, and
soft. General color above chestnut, interspersed with longer
black hairs, below yellowish-ash ; nose, chin, and throat leaden-
gray ; fur on the cheeks excessively long and bushy ; tail brown
above, lighter below ; hands and feet leaden-gray. Upper
incisors orange, lower yellow.

Dimensions.—Head and body to six and three-fourths inches ;
tail to four and three-eighths inches.

Habitat.—Tasmania (Long’s Plains).

Reference.—Higgins & Petterd, Proc. Roy. Soc. Tas. 1883,
p. 185, with plate, figs. 2 - 20. ;

25. Mus ramarensis, H. & P. (1883).
Tasmanian Water Rat.

Ears rounded ; tail a trifle shorter than the head and body ;
fur somewhat coarse and moderately long. General color above

CONILURUS. 113

mottled yellowish-brown, below grayish-white ; a dark patch
at the anterior portion of the base of the ear; fore feet
grayish-white, hind feet and toes long and slender, pure white ;
tail brown above, grayish-white below, with the tip almost black.

Dimensions.—Head and body to six and three-fourths inches ;
tail to six and a half inches.

Habitat.—Northern Tasmania.

Reference.—Higgins & Petterd, Proc. Roy. Soc. Tas. 1883,
p. 185.

Note.—The authors of the species state that M. tamarensis is
“extremely abundant on the banks of the river Tamar, and
probably widely distributed over the island. Settlers residing
near the river suffer much from its destructive propensities.”

In a later paper by the same authors describing yet another
new Tasmanian species of Jus, a list of the “ Terrestrial Animals
of Tasmania” is given. From this list the name of IL tamarensis
is omitted, although no comment is made by the authors on the
reason for the excision of this their iatest species.

26. Mus Tetraconurvus, H. & P. (1883),
Quadrangular-tailed Rat.

Form stout ; ears short and broadly rounded ; tail short,
quadrangular ; fur very long and soft. General color above dark
ashy-gray, thickly interspersed with longer blackish hairs ; lips
and entire under surface slaty-gray ; hands and feet ashy-gray ;
tail brown.

Dimensions.—Head and body to six inches ; tail to less than
four inches.
Habitat.—Tasmania.

Reference.—Higgins and Petterd, Proc. Roy. Soc. Tas. 1883,
Par Lo.

Genus IV._CONILURUS, W. Ogilby (1838).

Hind limbs more or less elongated. Incisive foramina very
large. No coronoid process to the lower jaw. Ears and tail
long.

Distribution.— Australia.

Dentition.—I. 3, M.2 x 2 = 16.

Note.—I have been reluctantly obliged to abandon the better
known name /apalotis (Lichtenstein, 1829), in favor of the
above, proposed by my father, since the former name was used
by Hiibner in 1816 for a genus of Lepidopterous insects, and

H

114 CONILURUS.

cannot, therefore, be utilized again. The species on which the
genus Conilurus was founded was named by its describer C.
constructor, but further researches have proved its identity with
the Hapalotis albipes of Lichtenstein. Major Mitchell’s original
specimens were forwarded to the British Museum under the name
of ‘Native Rabbit,” and the generic term selected above is
intended to signify a “small rabbit with a long tail.”

These graceful little animals supply in Australia the place of
the Jerboas of Africa, South-eastern Europe, and Southern and
Central Asia.

1, ConILuRUS ALBIPES, Lichtenstein, sp. (1827).
White-footed Jerboa-Rat.

Tail equal in length to the head and body or but little shorter ;
fur long, soft, and close. Upper surface of the head and body,
the ears, flanks, and outer surface of the limbs gray, tipped with
ashy-brown, interspersed with numerous fine black-tipped hairs ;
whiskers and a narrow band encircling the eye black ; under
surface of body, inner surface of limbs, hands, and feet white ;
tail above dark brown, sides, below, and extreme tip white.

Dimensions.—Head and body to ten inches ; tail about the
same length.

Habitat.—South-eastern Australia ; southern portion of South
Australia.

References.—Ogilby, Trans. Linn. Soc. 1838, xviii. (description)
p. 126, as C. constructor ; Gray, Ann. Nat. Hist. ii, 1839, p. 308;
Gould, Mamm. Austr. iii. pl. i.

Note.—According to Gould this species, though widely dis-
persed within the limits indicated above, is nowhere very abun-
dant. It is “strictly nocturnal in its habits, sleeping during the
day in the hollow limbs of prostrate trees, or such hollow branches
of the large Hucalypti as are near the ground, in which situations
it may be found curled up in a warm nest of dried leaves.” Fossil
remains of this species have been obtained in the Pleistocene of
New South Wales.

The following remarks from the pen of Sir George Grey touch-
ing the method of carrying its young, adopted by this species and
possibly by others of its congeners, but so totally at variance with
the habits prevailing in the intimately allied genus Mus, are
worthy of reproduction ; he writes, ‘The specimen I send you,
a female, had three young ones attached to its teats when it was
caught: the mother has no pouch, but the young attach them-
selves with the same or even greater tenacity than is observable
in the young of Marsupiata (Meraruerta of this Hand-list,

Hu

CONILURUS. 115

vide p. 4). “While life remained in the mother,” he continues,
“they remained attached to her teats by their mouths, and
grasped her body with their claws, thereby causing her to present
the appearance of a Marsupial minus the pouch. On pulling the
young from the teats of the dead mother, they seized hold of my
glove with the mouth, and held on so strongly that it was diffi-
cult to disengage them.”

Should the above account be correct,—and with an observer
whose veracity and accuracy are unquestionable, there can be no
reason for doubting the statement,—and should the same habit
be common to all, or even some, members of the genus,—I have
failed to elicit any further information on the subject, either
confirmatory or rebutting, from experienced zoologists and col-
lectors—it raises the question whether Conilurus, a genus purely
belonging to, and even in a fossil state so far confined to, con-
tinental Australia, may not originally have been a marsupial
Rodent, which is even now in a transition stage between the
Metatherian and Eutherian types. The fact of Thomas’ Mus
argurus having such close affinities (vide p. 110) to both genera,
that even that talented writer is unable to say for certain to
which genus this South Australian mammal belongs, would seem
to strengthen the position here put forward. The discovery also
by Dr. Stirling of the so-called ‘“ Marsupial Mole” (Notoryctes ),
a form, which some of the foremost scientists of the age consider
to be closely allied to the South African Golden Mole (Chryso-
chloris), and in which the pouch is aborted or at the least
rudimentary, again points to a gradual supersession of the older
marsupial forms, and their immergence with the more recent and
more highly developed monodelphian type.

2. ConILURUS MACRURUS, Peters, sp. (1876).
Peters’ Jerboa-Rat.

Ears large and rounded ; tail much longer than the head and
body ; fur soft. General color above reddish-brown, intermixed
with scattered longer black hairs ; below white ; ears rust-colored ;
feet clothed with short white hairs: proximal fourth of the tail
brown, clothed with short scattered bristles ; the rest densely
covered with gradually lengthening white hairs, which at the tip
exceed an inch in length.

Dimensions.—Head and body to eight and a quarter inches;
tail to twelve and a half inches.

Habitat.—North-western Australia.
Reference,—Peters, Mon. Ak. Berl. 1876, p. 355, plate, p. 366,

116 CONILURUS.

3. CoNILURUS BOWERI, Ramsay, sp. (1886).
Bower's Jerboa-Rat.

Ears small, with the tips rounded, and almost naked ; tail
longer than the head and body. General color above light gray, pen-
cilled with long black hairs; a broad, distinct, irregular, median
band, rufescent on the nape and basal inch of the tail, golden-
brown on the intervening portions ; next two inches of tail
blackish, the rest white, terminating in a well defined brush ;
under surfaces and feet white.

Dimensions.—Head and body up to eleven inches ; tail to
about thirteen inches.

Habitat.—North-western Australia.

Reference.—Ramsay, Proc. Linn. Soc. N.S. Wales (2) i. 1886,
p. 1153, pl. xviii.

Note.—This species is very closely allied to the preceding ; in
fact, if it were not for the difference in the comparative dimen-
sions of trunk to tail, I should have no hesitation in considering
them identical.

4, CONILURUS APICALIS, Gould, sp. (1851).
White-tipped Jerboa-Rat.

General color above pale brown, interspersed with numerous
fine black hairs ; below white ; face and sides of neck bluish-gray ;
flanks mixed gray and buffy-white ; fore feet white with a dark
brown spot on the fore-arm, hind feet and tarsi white ; proximal
three-fourths of the tail brown, the remaining portion thinly
clothed with white hairs.

Dimensions.—Head and body to eight inches ; tail to eight
and a half inches.

Habitat.—South Australia.
Reference.—Gould, Mamm. Austr. iil. pl. i.

Note.—This species has been found in a fossil state in the
Pleistocene of New South Wales.

5, CoNILURUS HEMILEUCURUS, Gray, sp. (1857).
Hilsey’s Jerboa-Rat.

Ears short ; tail shorter than the head and body; fur harsh
and wiry. General color above light sandy-brown, with numerous
scattered fine long black hairs ; below buffy-white, the feet, fore-
arms, and tarsi even lighter; basal portion of the tail brown,
deepening into black about the middle, beyond which it is white
with a short apical tuft.

CONILURUS. 117

Dimensions.—Head and body up to eight inches; tail to six
and a half inches.

Habitat.—Central Queensland.
Reference.—Gould, Mamm. Austr. iil. pl. ili.

6. ConiLuRUs HIRSUTUS, Gould, sp. (1842).
Long-haired Jerboa-Rat.

Tail much longer than the head and body; fur coarse and .
shaggy. General color above yellowish-brown with very numerous
longer interspersed black hairs ; below rusty yellow tinged with
brown on the neck and chest ; feet black, the claws whitish ;
basal three-fourths of tail black, the remainder rusty white, the
apical tuft exceeding an inch in length.

Dimensions.—Head and body up to ten and a third inches; tail
to thirteen inches.

Habitat.—Northern Queensland.

References.—Gould, Proc. Zool. Soe. 1842, p. 12, and Mamm.
Austr. iii. pl. iv.

7. ConILURUS PENICILLATUS, Gould, sp. (1842).
Black-tailed Jerboa-Rat.

Tail slightly longer than the head and body ; fur rather spiny.
General color above grayish-brown grizzled with buff, the occiput
and neck tinged with rusty ; entire under surfaces, inner surfaces
of the legs, and the feet white with a faint yellow tint ; apical
half of the tail black and moderately tufted.

Dimensions.—Head and body up to seven and a quarter inches ;
tail to seven and three-fourths inches.

Habitat.—Northern Queensland.

References.—Gould, Proc. Zool. Soc. 1842, p. 12, and Mamm.
Austr. i. pl. v.

Wote.—Writing of the habits of C. penicillatus, Mr. Gilbert
(vide Gould) remarks, “this little animal is only seen on the
beach where there are large Casuarina trees, in the dead hollow
branches of which it forms a nest of fine dry grass, and retires
during the day ; in the evening it leaves its retreat and proceeds
to the beach, where it may be seen running along at the edge of
the surf as it rolls up and recedes, apparently feeding upon any
animal matter washed up by the waves.” Personally Gould
states that “its habits would seem to be somewhat singular,
inasmuch as it is frequently found among the swamps on the
sea-shore ; I have no evidence, however, that it 1s not also found in
the interior of the country.”

118 CONILURUS.

8. CoNILURUS PERSONATUS, Krefft, sp. (1867).
Krefft’s Jerboa-Rat.

Tail much shorter than the head and body ; fur coarse. General
color above reddish-brown, below sandy white; a black mark
surrounding the eye and continued along the side of the snout.
Tail covered with coarse irregular scales, between which a few
stiff hairs are visible.

Dimensions.—Head and body up to nine inches ; tail to six
and a half inches.

Habitat.—Northern Queensland.
Reference.—Krefit, Proc. Zool. Soc. 1867, p. 318.

9. ConiLuRUS conpITOR, Gould, sp. (1849).
Nest-building Jerboa-Rat.

Ears large; tail equal in length to the head and naa ;far
soft and silky. General color above grayish-brown, darkest down
the middle of the head and back ; below pale buff; hands brown ;
feet very large, pale brown ; tail brown above, paler beneath.

Dimensions.—Head and body six inches.
Habitat.—Interior of Eastern Australia.

References—Ogilby, Trans. Linn. Soc. 1838, xviii. p. 127
(habits) ; Gould, in Sturt’s Exped. into Centr. Austr. i. p. 120,
and ii. App. p. 7, and Mamm. Austr, iii. pl. vi.

Note.—This species has received its specific name from its
habit of constructing a large nest in which one or more families
dwell ; in the latter case, however, each family occupies a separate
compartment, but with a passage communicating between them ;
these nests are built of small sticks, and are so firmly put together
as to defy the attacks of a dog. The nests are somewhat in the
form of a beehive, with a diameter of about four feet and a
height of about three, and the method of construction is thus
described by Major Mitchell: ‘“ For this purpose the little animal
chooses some small bush or shrub as a fixed point dappui to
commence its operations ; and by gradually working round this,
and interlacing the materials of its fortalice, first of all with the
growing branches of the centre bush, and afterwards with one
another gradually extends it to the enormous dimensions speci-
fied.” The inhabited compartments are warmly lined with grass.

10. ConiLuRUS mURINUS, Gould, sp. (1845).
Mouse-like Jerboa-Rat.

Ears large. Tail much shorter than the head and body ; fur
remarkably soft and delicate. General color above delicate

CONILURUS. 119

ochraceous-yellow with a considerable admixture of black ; below
butfy-white, as also are the hands and feet ; tail moderately
clothed, above mixed black and white, below pure white.

Dimensions.—Head and body up to five and a half inches ;
tail to three and three-fourths inches.

Habitat.—Interior of New South Wales and South Australia.

Reference.—Gould, Mamm. Austr. iii. pl. vii.

11. ConILuRUS LONGICAUDATUS, Gould, sp. (1844).
Long-tailed Jerboa-Rat.

Ears large and naked. Tail much longer than the head and
body ; fur close and very soft. General color above pale sandy,
intermixed with numerous fine black hairs, which are longest
posteriorly ; below white ; ears dark brown ; feet and tarsi
white ; basal half of the tail clothed with short dark brown hairs,
apical half with longer black hairs tipped with white, the extreme
tip white.

Dimensions.—Head and body up to seven inches; tail to nine
inches.

Habitat.—Interior of Western Australia.
Feferences.—Gould, Mamm. Austr. iii. pl. viii.

Note.—Gould on the authority of Gilbert states that ‘the
favorite haunt of this species is a stiff and clayey soil. It is
also very partial to the mounds thrown up by SBettongia grayr
(B. lesueurt of this work) and Peragale lagotis. It is less des-
tructive to the sacks and bags of the storerooms, but, like
H, mitchellt, is extremely fond of raisins.”

12. CoNILURUS MITCHELLI, Ogilby, sp. (1838).
Mitchell’s Jerboa-Rat.

Ears moderate, naked, and somewhat pointed ; tail longer than
the head and body ; fur close and very soft. General color above
very pale sandy, intermixed with fine black hairs which are
longest posteriorly ; sides of face, under surface, inner side of the
limbs, and the feet grayish-white ; a broad patch down the middle
of the throat and chest pure silky white ; ears dark brown ; upper
surface of the tail dark brown, and crested towards the tip ;
lower surface white.

Dimensions.—Head and body up to four and three-fourths
inches ; tail to six inches.

Habitat.—South and West Australia.

120 CONILURUS.

References.—Ogilby, Proc. Linn. Soc. 1838, xviii. p. 1380 ;
Gould, Mamm. Austr. iu. pl. ix.

Type.—In the Australian Museum.

Note.—Gould remarks that this species differs from the pre-
ceding in preferring sandy districts, frequenting the sides of
grassy hills tolerably well clothed with small trees growing in a
light soil, in which it forms its burrow.

13. ConiLurus cERVINUS, Gould, sp. (1851).
Fawn-colored Jerboa-Rat.

Ears very large, pointed, and nearly naked ; tail longer than
the head and body. General color above delicate fawn inter-
mixed with numerous fine black hairs; nose and under surfaces
white ; tail pale brown above, lighter below.

Dimensions.—Head and body up to four and a half inches ;
tail to five and a half inches.

Habitat.—Interior of South Australia.
Reference.—Gould, Mamm. Austr. iii. pl. x.

Genus V.—MASTACOMYS, Thomas (1882).

Similar to Mus, but with the molars remarkably broadened
and the mammez reduced in number to four.

1. Masracomys Fuscus, Z’homas (1882).
Broad-toothed Rat.

Ears rather large ; tail shorter than the head and body; fur
extremely long and soft. General color both above and below
dark grayish-brown ; tail and upper side of feet clothed with dark
brown hairs, those on the former not lighter below. Sole-pads
five on the fore and six on the hind feet. Molars remarkably
broad and heavy, the anterior ones each more than half as broad
again as the palatal space between them ; middle lamina of the
first molar and anterior lamina of the second with three cusps ;
the additional ones external and very small.

Dimensions.—Head and body up to five and three-fifths inches ;
tail to three and three-fourths inches.

Habitat. —Tasmania.

Reference.—Thomas, Ann. Nat. Hist. (5) ix. p. 413, figs. 1
(inner view of upper jaw, &c.), 2 (molars), and 3 (front edge of
anterior zygoma-root ).

Note.—Fossil remains of this Rat have been obtained from the
Wellington Caves, New South Wales.

UROMYS. 121

Genus VI.—UROMYS, Peters (1867).

Differs from J/us in having the scales of the tail not over-
lapping, but set edge to edge, so as to form a sort of mosaic work.

Distribution.—From Eastern Australia to the Aru Islands.

1. Uromys maAcropus, Gray, sp. (1866).
Giant Rat.

Ears moderate ; tail equal to or a little shorter than the head
and body ; fur moderately soft, the long hairs rather bristly.
General color above grayish-brown tinged with reddish, with
coarse black-tipped hairs intermixed ; below white; whiskers
very long, stiff, and black; feet white ; tail black on the basal,
white or pale yellow on the apical half. ,

Dimensions.—Head and body up to fourteen and a half inches;
tail to about the same length.

Habitat.—North-Eastern Australia.

Reference.—Gray, Proc. Zool. Soc. 1866, p. 221, and 1867,
p- 597; Krefft, Proc. Zool. Soc. p. 316, figs. 1-7 (skull) ;
Peters, Mon. Ac. Berl. 1867, p. 344 (animal, skull, and feet
jigured ).

2. URoMYS CERVINIPES, Gould, sp. (1852).
Buff-footed Rat.

Fur short, soft, and adpressed, without lengthened hairs.
General color of adult: above sandy-brown, below mottled bufty-
white and gray ; feet and tarsi fawn color; tail purplish-flesh
color. Young bluish-gray above, grayish-white below.

Dimensions.—Head and body about six inches ; tail about
five and a half inches.

Habitat.— Eastern Australia.
Reference.—-Gould, Mamm. Austr. i. pl. xiv.

In 1867 Gray (Proc. Zool. Soc. p. 599) described, under the
name of Hchiothrix leucurus (lege Echinothrix leucura) a remark-
able Rat, having an extremely elongated muzzle, supposing it to
have come from North Australia; it is now believed to be
confined to the Celebes, whence only has it since been recorded.

Numerous fossil Murine remains have been obtained in various
parts of Australia, chiefly in the Wellington Caves, but no
systematic attempt has been made as yet to work these out.

122 CARNIVORA.

Order V.-CARNIVORA.

Unguiculate Mammals with never less than four well developed
toes on each foot, all of which are usually clawed. Pollex and
hallux never opposable to the other digits. Dentition diphyodont
and heterodont, the teeth always rooted, consisting, in each
ramus, of generally three incisors, the outer one being always the
largest ; of a strong, conical, pointed, recurved canine, and of a
variable but usually more or less compressed, pointed, and
trenchant series of molars. Brain never destitute of well marked
convolutions. Stomach simple. Cccum absent or short and
simple. Mamme abdominal and variable in number. Clavicle
often entirely absent, and when present never complete.

Habits.—Carnivorous and sanguivorous, sometimes omnivorous.

Suborder I.—Fissipedia.

Carnivores fitted for a terrestrial or mainly terrestrial pro-
gression and mode of life. Incisors almost always % on each side.
In the molar series there is always one specially modified tooth
in each ramus, which is termed the ‘sectorial ” or ‘“ flesh-tooth,”
and is usually enlarged ; in the upper this tooth is the last pre-
molar, in the lower the first molar.

Group—CYNOIDEA.

Head elongate ; tail moderate or rather long ; limbs fairly
developed, the feet digitigrade. Fore toes, except in the African
genus Lycaon, five, the pollex, however, being short and non-
functional; hind toes in all wild species four. Claws blunt,
nearly straight, and non-retractile. Organs of scent, sight, and
hearing highly developed. Auditory bulla much dilated, rounded,
and subdivided. Paroccipital process flattened against the bulla
and projecting behind. Condyloid and glenoid foramina distinct.
Ceecum elongate and generally folded on itself. Clavicles rudi-
mentary.

Vertebre.—C. 7, D. 13, L. 7, 8..3, Cd. 17 = 22.

Habits.—Carnivorous, but some, especially of the smaller forms,
are omnivorous. Many of the species, such as the Wolf and the
Cape Hunting Dog, are gregarious and hunt in packs, others, as
for instance the Fox, hunt singly or at most in pairs, and show
extraordinary cunning both in avoiding danger to themselves and
in securing their prey ; many are fossorial.

Note.—Prof. Huxley has divided this Group into two parallel
series, the Thooid or Lupine forms and the Alopecoid or Vulpine
forms, characterised by the presence of frontal air-sinuses in the

CANIS. 123

former, which not only affect the external contour but to a still
greater degree the shape of the anterior part of the cranial cavity.
It is to the first of these series that the Australian species belongs.
Thooid forms are not found in Africa or South America.

Family IL—CANID.

Characters similar to those of the Group of which this is the
only family.

Genus I.—CANIS, Linneeus (1766).

Pupil, when contracted, round in some species, elliptical and
vertical in others. Limbs of moderate proportions. Tail gener-
ally forming a moderate brush. Mamme generally ten, more
rarely eight. Teeth powerful.

Dentition.—I. 4, C.i, P. 4, M.% x 2 = 42.

Flower and Lydekker (Introduction to the Study of Mammals
living and extinct, p. 546) remark: ‘‘The absence of the last
upper molar (m *) alone distinguishes this from the generalised
dentition of heterodonts, and this tooth is occasionally present in
one species (C. cancrivorus). In certain Asiatic species (C.
primevus and its allies) which on this account have been separated
to form the genus Cyon of Hodgson, the last lower molar (m ,)
appears to be constantly absent.” The first permanent premolar
in both jaws is without a milk-predecessor, and in the upper jaw
is decidedly smaller than the second.

Distribution.—Cosmopolitan.

1. Canis pinco, Blumenbach (1780).
Warrigal; Dingo; Native Dog.

Of this too well known animal it is hardly necessary to give a
description, more especially as it is the only terrestrial Carnivore
existing in a wild state on Australian soil; nevertheless, the
remarks of Prof. St. George Mivart on the subject may be suitably
reproduced here. He writes :—

“The Dingo varies in its coloration from red to black. There
is a grayish underfur, but, save in the black variety, the long
hairs are generally yellow or whitish. The top of the head and
dorsal region generally are of a darker reddish-yellow, often
intermixed with black. The underparts are paler and may be
whiteish. The end of the tail is very often white, as are frequently

124 CANIS.

the feet and sometimes the muzzle, though this is also sometimes
black. The animal may be of an uniformly light reddish or
yellowish brown, save that it is paler beneath, on the outside of
the forelegs, below the elbow, as well as on the inside of the
limbs and on the cheeks.”

In reference to the vexed question as to whether the Warrigal
is an indigene or has been brought hither through human instru-
mentality, we consider, notwithstanding that the greater number
of authors incline to the latter theory, that the recognition by
Prof. McCoy of fossil remains, in no wise differing from those of
recent individuals, and contemporaneous with similar remains of
Thylacoleo, Diprotodon, &c., sets this question at rest, and goes
far towards proving that this species is indigenous to continental
Australia, and was an inhabitant thereof prior to its colonization
by man, no human remains of such antiquity having as yet been
discovered.

As this question is so intimately connected with that of the
origin of the domestic dog and its many varieties, no apology is
needed for quoting largely from Prof. McCoy’s article (Prod.
Paleont. Vict. dec. vil. pp. 7-10). He says :—

“The origin of the domestic dog is a question of great difficulty
and interest, which it has been suggested can be best investigated
by a study of the Dog known to the lowest types of the human
race ; and the aboriginal inhabitants of Australia were thought
to afford these conditions. On the other hand the remarkable
absence of the higher forms of Mammalian Quadrupeds in Aus-
tralia was supposed to render it highly probable that the Dingo
was not really a native of the place, but was brought at some
remote period from some other country by human savage races
arriving to constitute the population of Australia. Taking the
case of the Dingo, it was certain that the native dogs of con-
tinental Asia were not clearly related, to the extent of specific
identity, with the Australian one, nor could any near analogies
be found elsewhere ; while on the other hand the facts are beyond
dispute: (1st) that the Dingo is singularly averse to domestication
and man’s society when compared with other dogs ; (2nd) that it
is extremely abundant, with little or no variation, over the whole
of Australia; and (3rd) that the further you go from human
haunts, near the coast, into the desert interior, the more numerous
do the Dingoes appear, indicating that the species was a really
indigenous one.”

And again, alluding to its contemporaneity, mentioned above,
with the great fossil Mammals of Australia, he remarks “ that
the Dingo was really one of the most ancient of the indigenous
mammals of the country, and abounded as now most probably
before man himself appeared. . . . . Our present species,

PINNIPEDIA. 125

although still living in great numbers, I have no doubt dates
from the Pliocene Tertiary time, and I find, on the most minute
comparison and measurements, no difference between the fossil
and recent individuals, either of the adult age, or of the younger
periods before the milk-teeth were shed to give place to the
permanent molar teeth.”

These remarks from so high an authority on Australian
Zoology, having the concurrence of Prof. Mivart, cannot - be
ignored, and, until proof to the contrary is forthcoming, we shall
consider the honor of . being the original progenitor of our house-
hold favorite as the due of the Australian Warrigal.

Furthermore, Mr. R. Etheridge, jun., has kindly supplied the
following note, extracted from Smyth’s Aboriginals of Victoria,
i. p. 149, 1878: “Ina well section at Tower Hill, Western Vic-
toria, sixty-three feet of volcanic ash was passed through, and
then sixty feet of blue and yellow clay; here were found the skull
and bones of the Dingo.” Again: “ At Lake Timboon, Western
Victoria, bones of the Dingo were found associated with those of
the Tasmanian Devil (Sarcophilus ursinus), those of Macropus
titan, and bones and teeth of Diprotodon.”

Suborder II.—Pinnipedia.

Seals; Walruses.

External form fitted for an aquatic life; limbs modified into
swimming organs ; digits of the hand decreasing in length from
the first to the fifth ; of the foot first and fifth largest and longest,
the three middle ones subequal in length. Dentition simple,
generally unspecialized, the molar series similar to each other in
size and form.

Habits.—More or less purely aquatic ; carnivorous, feeding on
fishes, molluscs, and crustaceans, to all of which they are very
destructive owing to their exceptional voracity. The develop-
ment of the brain is very great, and they are, therefore, easily
domesticated, becoming much attached to their keepers and
readily learning various tricks ; they are also affectionate parents,
and courageously defend their progeny from threatened attack.
A curious habit, common to all Pinnipeds, and the reason of
which is still a matter for conjecture, is that of swallowing
numerous stones up to the size of a hen’s egg.

Distribution.—Seas of the circumpolar and temperate regions
of the Globe chiefly, only one genus (Monachus) being strictly
tropical, while but few species, one of which is the Australian
Zalophus lobatus, range into tropical waters.

126 GRESSIGRADA.

Group I.—GRESSIGRADA.
Eared Seals; Walruses,

Hind limbs capable of being turned forwards, and used in
terrestrial locomotion. Neck lengthened. Anterior feet nearly
as large as the posterior, their digits rapidly decreasing in length
from the first to the fifth, without distinct claws, and with a
broad cartilaginous border extending beyond the digits. Only
the three middle digits of the hind feet clawed, and all terminating
jn long narrow cartilaginous flaps.

Family 1.—OTARIIDA.
Bared Seals.

Fore limbs placed far back and comparatively free ; palms and
soles and the greater part of the upper digital surface hairless.
Scapula large. Ears witha subcylindrical external conch. Testes
scrotal.

Dentition.—I. 2, C. 7, M. 2 OF 2 x 2 = 34 or 36.

Note.—The Group to which this Family belongs are gregarious
and polygamous, and the males greatly exceed the females in
size. During the breeding season they resort in large numbers
to favorite breeding grounds, technically known to sealers as
‘‘rookeries,” where they leave the water and pass some weeks on
land, often at a considerable distance from the shore ; at this
period they rarely enter the water and consequently do not feed ;
the males especially, on their return to what must be considered
their natural element, are greatly emaciated.

Genus I.—ZALOPHOUS, Gill (1866).

Molars %, large, closely approximated, the last under the hinder
edge of the zygomatic process of the maxillary. Muzzle narrow.
Hinder edge of the palatine bones deeply concave. Sagittal crest,
in very old males, forming a remarkably high, thin, bony plate,
unparalleled in its great development in any other genus in the
Family.

1. ZALOPHUS LOBATUS, Gray, sp. (1828).
Australian Sea Lion.

In the adult the face, front and sides of the neck, all the under
surface, sides, and back dark- or blackish-brown, passing into
dark slaty-gray on the extremities of the limbs ; the hinder half
of the crown, the nape, and back of the neck rich deep fawn
color ; eyes black.

ARCTOCEPHALUS. 127

Dimensions.—Adult males up to ten feet; females much
smaller.

Habitat.—South and West Australia ; Japan.

References.—Gould, Mamm. Austr. iii. pl. xlix.; Quoy &
Gaimard, Voy. Astrolabe, Zool. i. p. 95, Atlas, 1833, pls. xiv., xv.

Note.—Gilbert, writing to Gould, says, speaking of some thirty
years ago: “This animal is extremely numerous on all the low
islands of the Houtmann’s Abrolhos, particularly those having
sandy beaches ; but it does not confine itself to such places, being
often found on the ridges of coral and madrepores, over which we
found it very painful walking, but over which the seals often
outran us. On many of the islands they have been so seldom
(perhaps, indeed, never before) disturbed, that I frequently came
upon several females and their young in a group under the shade
of the mangroves; and so little were they alarmed, that they
allowed me to approach almost within the reach of my gun, when
the young would play about the old ones, and bark and growl at
us in the most amusing manner ; and it was only when westruck
at them with clubs that they shewed any disposition to attack us
or defend their young. The males, however, would generally
attack the men when attempting to escape ; but, generally speak-
ing, the animal may be considered harmless, for even after being
disturbed, they seldom attempt to do more than take to the water
as quickly as possible.”

In the Prodromus of the Paleontology of Victoria (dec. v.
pls. xli., xlii.) Prof. McCoy figures, under the name of Areto-
cephalus williamsi, a fossil Seal from the Pliocene of Victoria
obtained at Queenscliff and Cape Otway. Referring to this
Allen remarks: ‘“ The skull figured, which he (2.e. McCoy) refers
to as an ‘old male skull’ bears a close resemblance to the skull
of a female of Zalophus lobatus, from which, judging from his
description and figures, it does not very materially differ.

Genus II.—ARCTOCEPHALUS, F. Cuvier (1824).

Molars 2, triangular, pointed, and compressed, the last entirely
behind the hinder edge of the zygomatic process of the maxillary.
Muzzle slender, elongated, and pointed.

1. ARCTOCEPHALUS FORSTERI, Lesson, sp. (1828).
Australian Sea Bear.

In the adult male the entire upper surfaces are dark brown,
the belly, limbs, tail and lips chestnut ; the female is of a gener-
ally lighter coloration, The young are blackish-brown above,
with the muzzle and throat yellowish, and the belly rust color.

128 REPTIGRADA.

Dimensions.—Adult males up to eight feet ; females to five
and a half feet.

Habitat.—Southern and South-eastern Australia; New Zea-
land; Falkland Islands.

References.—Quoy & Gaimard, Voy. Astrolabe, Zool. i. p. 89,
Atlas, pls. xil., xiii andxv. ; McCoy, Prodr. Zool. Vict., decs, iv.
pl. xxxi. and viii. pl. 1xx1.

Note.—Referring to the islands in Bass’ Straits, where these
animals are still plentiful, the following extracts taken from
Prof. McCoy’s later article (dec. vii.) on the subject, will be read
with interest : ‘“‘The Seals come to the Rocks about the Ist of
October. The time of bringing forth the pups is between the
10th of November and the 10th of December. They do not
commence to breed until they are three years old. The male
during the pupping season will ascend the rocks and remain for
one or two months without food, and is extremely attentive to
the female and pups. The cow generally brings forth one pup,
sometimes two.”

Group II.-REPTIGRADA.
Harless Seals.

Hind limbs incapable of being turned forwards, and not ser-
viceable for terrestrial locomotion. Neck short. Anterior feet
smaller than the posterior, the first digit little, if any, longer than
the next succeeding ones, all armed with strong terminal claws.
All the digits of the hind feet usually armed with strong claws,
and without terminal cartilaginous flaps.

Family I1.—PHOCID/:.
Farless Seals.

Fore limbs placed well forward. Hands and feet hairy.
Scapula small. No external ear. Testes enclosed within the
body.

Jote.—The Earless Seals are monogamous, and there is no
marked variation in size between the sexes. With the exception
of the Sea Elephants (JMacrorhinus), which in their habits during
the season of reproduction resemble the Otariide, by assembling
in large numbers at well known resorts, these Seals do not so
uniformly resort to particular breeding grounds on land, but,
being confined almost entirely to the colder latitudes, usually
bring forth their young on the ice, and leave the water only for
short periods ; they are, however, as a general rule social in their
habits and possessed of great affection for their young. A single

OGMORHINUS. 129

calf only is commonly brought forth, and the period of gestation
is said to range from nine to nearly twelve months. Seals are
greatly attracted by musical sounds, and in one instance the
writer can personally vouch for a Seal /Phoca vitulina), which,
by the simple medium of whistling was induced to follow his boat
to and from the fishing grounds for several days in succession,
the animal frequently rising within an oar’s length of the boat ;
strange to say it never attempted to seize any of the fish (mostly
Cod and Ling) as they came up on the hook, though it was seen
to hunt the small Sharks (Acanthias vulgaris and Galeus vulgaris )
which at that season infested the waters ; this occurred on the
North Coast of Ireland. The food of Seals does not consist so
greatly of fishes as is generally supposed, molluscs, crustaceans,
and medusz being staple articles in their diet, with an occasional
bird thrown in asa bonne bowche. Some species, such as the
Bearded Seal (Hrignathus barbatus ), and the Ringed Seal (Phoca
fetida), neither of which are to any extent migratory, are said
to feed almost exclusively on small crustaceans, chiefly of the
genus Gammarus.

Various theories have been adduced as to the remarkable power
which permits these warm-blooded, air-breathing mammals to
remain under water for the space of, according to different
authorities, from eight to twenty minutes, but, Mr. Allen pro-
perly remarks, “ none of these theories seem satisfactory.”

Genus II].—OGMORHINUS, Pefers (1875).

Molar teeth separated from one another, with distinct pointed
cusps, the middle cusp being the largest and slightly recurved.
Muzzle compressed and elongated.

Dentition.—I. 3 C. ES M. 2 x 2 = 32.

Note.—F. Cuvier’s name, Stenorhynchus, having been pre-
viously employed by Latreille for a genus of Coleopterous Insects,
it becomes necessary to adopt the term proposed by Dr. Peters.

1. OamorHINUS LEPTONYX, Blainville, sp. (1820).
Sea Leopard.

Above ashy-gray with large spots and patches of yellowish-
white, or greenish-gray shading into creamy-white on the sides
which are blotched and spotted with black. Throat and belly
grayish- or yellowish-white, with or without small dark spots.

Dimensions.—Total length up to ten feet ; sexes not markedly
different in size.

{I

130 OGMORHINUS.

Habitat.— Antarctic Ocean, occasionally straggling as far north
as the southern shores of Australia and New Zealand ; Lord
Howe Island.

References.—Gray, Voy. Erebus & Terr. Mamm. p. 4, pls. iil.
iv.; Gould, Mamm. Austr. iii. pl. 1.; McCoy, Prodr. Zool. Vict.
dec. iii. pl. xxi.

tr

BSc oy! | Jo gel Se

Species not represented in the Australian Museum are marked * against their
names in the Index.

PAGE

*abramus (Vesperugo) 89
acetabulum a 500 sen XV
Acrobates 24, 36
acromion ... .»-Xiil.
aculeata (Echidna) fe 3, 4
adversus (Vespertilio)... EASE
ipyprymnus cet . 43
*affinis (Tiaphozous) 96, 97
Agile Wallaby . a we 54
agilis (Macropus) ~ 54, 62
agilis (Ornithorhynchus) beat ne
*albidus (Nyctonomus) 98
albipes (Conilurus) 114
albipes (Hapalotis) 114
»> (Sminthopsis) 10
*albocinereus (Mus) 108
Allied Rat 105
Alopecoid Carnivores 122
Ambergris 65
American Opossums dal EK
Amphilestes Bec 8
anatinus (Ornithorhynchus) .. 2
annulus ‘xiv

Anteater, Marsupial es oth 8

Anteaters .. i e xi., 61
Antechinomys ee not SiD
anterior limb “epee tobe
antibrachiwm SOC xiii.
Antilopine Kangaroo ... 59
*antilopinus pean 59
Ape eee oes, Xs
Apes ae eae xii., 61
apinalis (Conilurus) 116

: (Macropus) 57

ry (Phascologale) 14
apicalis (Potorous) 40
archeri (Pseudochirus) 29
Archer’s Opossum 29
Arctocephalus . 127
*argurus (Mus)... 110, 115
ariel (Petaurus) ... we 34
Armadillo ol
Armadillos X., Xiil., 60
*aruensis pbpposiderus) . 85
assimilis (Mus) .. a .. 105
astralagus ooo xvi.
atlas xis
*aurantia (Rhinonycteris) 84

*aurata (Perameles) . ate

PAGE

Australian Long-eared Bat 87
7 Musk Rat ... 38

a Opossums ... 27

op Sea Bear 127

3 Sea Lion ... 126
Australian Water Rats ... 61
australis (Balena) 66
mages (Macroglossus) 81
3 (Miniopterus) . 95

i (Nyctonomus) . 98

3 (Petaurus) 33, 34

ae Wy (Taphozous) ... . 96
Pi ios (Vespertilio) .. 93
australis (Halicore) 64
» (Manatus) » xii.
axis vas beg £4: wo. Xii.
Aye-Aye ... aes a sem Ol
Balena -. 66
Balenide... Xili., 66
Balenoptera . 68
Baleen 66
Baleen Whales 61
Banded Hare-Wallaby... 44
Bandicoot, Eastern Striped 21
3 Golden PP 23

a Long-nosed.. 22

33 North Australian . 22

3 Pig-footed .. 20

2) Short-nosed _ Jeon oo

a Tasmanian Striped. 22

bs Western Striped ... 21
Bandicoots xili., 4, 7, 19, 20, 21
barbatus (Hrignathus) ... 129
Bat, Australian Long-eared ... 87
» Blackish-gray 91
», Brown Horseshoe 85
» Chocolate ... 90
» Dobson’s 90
» Hastern Forest 94,
» Eawn-colored Horseshoe... 84
a), Gouldsshumess 91
» Great Blood-sucking 86
» Greater Horseshoe 30-88
» Great-footed uae «. 93
» Grey’s ade PED Poet
» Krefft’s Be Pet sh)
Oy luecho?s) 25 96
» Leche’s White Striped .. ive OS

» (Petaurus)

132 INDEX
PAGE PAGE
Bat, Little ais 88 | breviceps (Phalanger) ... Tess
» Little Fruit 81 | Bridled Wallaby MS aise wed
» Norfolk Island 99 | Broad-faced Rat-Kangaroo ... 39
», Orange Horseshoe 84 | Broad-toothed Rat Aor ..- 120
» Pallas’ Fruit 81 | *brunneus (Pteropus) ... <a
» Peters’ 99 | Brush-tailed Kangaroo-Rat ... 42
a eels 91 Rock- cea sdf ROW.
» Plicated 98 Buff-footed Rat... Nee BS eal
» Riippell’s 92 | *burtoni (Mus) .. 3) iss LOF
»» Schreibers’... 94 | Burton’s Rat... we Je LOT
» Sharp-nosed 96
» Small-footed 93 | Cachalot ... ‘ad oes sv. 69
» small-toothed 90 | Ca’ing Whale ... as ea AGA:
» Walker’s 87 | calcaneum a a ( voiKVal,
», White-striped 98 | Caloprymnus ... ... 40
», Yellow-bellied 96 | *calura (Phascologale)... oom tes
Yellow-headed 89 | Camel... ade
Batrachia.. 500 gan) Pte campestris ‘(Caloprymnus) ooo al)
Bats 5c 1X:5 xii, ., XV., 60, 61 | cancrivorus (Canis) wee ... 123
Bats, Fruit-eating Canide ... “108 56 ... 123
» Leaf-nosed 82 | canine tooth a ote
», Pteropine... . 78 | caninus (Trichosurus) .. 7128
. Bearded Seal F ... 129 | Canis ad 0c ... 123
_Bear, Australian Sea ... .. 127 | Cape Hunting Dog ade «». 122
Bear, Native 26 | Cape York Wallaby ... w. 58
Bears die .. Xv. | Carnivora ent aes 61, 122
Bear, White 61 | Carnivores oe cot ave EN.
Beaver SG COIS — Soc ats yRAV.
bennetti (Macropus) 56 | *castaneus (Mus) 5h »- 112
bennettianus Qa 45 | castanotis (Cheropus)... tie {20
Bettongia 41 | Casuarina Spe aa Berne bg
bicolor (Hipposiderus).. 85 | Casuarius.. Bs he Bree?
billardieri (Macropus) .. 51 | Cat cs Str iE,
Black-faced Kangaroo ... 60 | catalania (Tursiops) ay wea GO
» gloved Wallaby... 54 | Cat, Black-tailed Native Joe
», striped Wallaby... 55 | ,, Common Native ... 16
» tailed Jerboa-Rat 117! ,, North Australian Native., 15
», tailed Native Cat 15| ,, Slender Native... beeacil’7
tailed Wallaby . 57 | ,, Spotted-tailed Native ... 17
Blackish-gray Bat a 91] Cats, Native... see, 7, ARR ES
Blood-sucking Bat, Great 86 | Cattle bid 305 bes GL
Blue Rat.. : .. 110 | caudal vertebre ... Ss. eo est
bones, epipubic xv., 4 | central bone gs dss acy XAVie
»» marsupial... xv., 4 | Cephalopods “ii sa hv NGD
boops (Megaptera) .. 67 | cephalotes (Uronycteris) Prey |
Bottlenose, Southern ... .. 76] Ceratodus.. 2 ds ey 9)
Bottlenose Whale, Southern ... 71 | cervical vertebree ... ee sis EELS
bougainvillii (Perameles) 21 | cervinipes (Uromys) ... By lab
*boweri (Conilurus) 116 | *cervinus (Conilurus) ... ... 120
Bower’s Jerboa-Rat LGH ee, (Hipposiderus) .. 84
brachium ... xiii. | Cetacea xii., xiv., xvi., 60, 61, 64, 65
brachyotis (Petrogale)... 49 | Cetaceans.. .. Xii, xv., 64, 65
brachyurus (Macropus) 51|Chalinolobus... 89
Branchiostoma ... Be 7 | Chestnut-colored Rat . “112
Branded Wallaby 53 | chevron bones...
breviceps (Kogia) 70 | Chiroptera ie bal : 60, 61, iin

Chocolate Bat ... see at

INDEX 133
PAGE PAGE
Cheeropus a 20 | Delphinapterus .., a oon 42
Chrysochloride ... . xv. | Delphinide i <s 65, 72
Chrysochloris ... . 115 | Delphinus sh ‘on
chrysogaster (Hydromys) 101, 102 | delphis (Delphinus) 74
cinereus (Petawroides) . 32 | Dendrolagus ... 17, 44
cinereus (Phascolarctus) 26 | densirostris (Mesoplodon) 71
clavicle... Ad xili. | dental system Vas ne a <
Collared Flying-Fox ... 80] dentition, Heterodont ... tsar
Common Australian Wombat... 25 me Homodont ... Xa
a Dolphin ... 74] Devil, Tasmanian See, 18, 125
o Dormouse Opossum... 36 | dicondylian articulation Pete «
5 Echidna ae .. 38] Didelphia 4, 60
. Field-Mouse .., 109 | Didelphyide ae .1Key
sf Hare-Wallaby 45 | Dingo 18, 61, 123, 124, 125
BS Native Cat 16 | dingo (Canis) . 123
BS Pouched Mouse 10 | Diprotodon 124, 125
rn Rabbit- Bandicoot 24 | Diprotodontia Aye
rp Ring-tailed Opossum.. 30 | Distechurus 24
* Rat-Kangaroo 40 | Dog .»-Xili,
is Serub- Wallaby 57 | Dog, N ative 123
concinna (Dromicia) 35 | Dolphin ... h ee he
i (Petrogale) 48 | Dolphin, Common fe 74
conditor (Senilurue) 118 es Dusky-banded 75
condyles ... xi, a forster’s 75
Conilurus oi. 113, 114, 115 % New Zealand... 75
conspicillatus (Lagorchestes)... 46 | Dolphins ... X., Xi., xv., 60, 61, 65
*conspicillatus (Pteropus) 78, 80 Dormouse-Opossum, Common.. 36
constructor (Conilurus) ... £7 ae rr Lesser 36
Cony tee As erp oght x Western... 35
cooki (Pseudochirus) 29, 30 | dorsalis (Macropus) 55
coracoid Rte .xili. | dorsal verterbre ... ean Eke
costal cartilages ... xiii. | Dromicia.. ane 24, 35
coxeni (Macropus) 53 | Duck-billed Platypus bc |
cranium ... ... Xi. | Dugong .. Zee 60, 63
crassicaudata (Sminthopsis) ... 10} dugong (Halicore) 63, 64
crassidens (Pseudorca)... 74 Dugongs ase ‘s 61, 63
Crescent Wallaby 47 | Dusky-banded Dolphin 75
cristicaudata Serene) ose 14 » Flying-Fox 79
cuboid bone F . Xvi. » footed Rat 104
cuneiform bones ... A06 fac xvi.
cuniculus (Bettongia) ... 41 | Eastern Forest Bat... 94
CGuscus - :.. ‘ fee don PURE fe Striped Bandicoot 21
Cuscus, Gray... th serh el * Water Rat se LOL
Cuscus, Spotted... Be 27 | Echidna ... ; Xi., 01, 3,,0,4
cynocephalus (Thylacinus) 19 as Common ue sae ee
Cynoidea... . .. 122 | Echidnas ... 50 aes ceo Ke
Cyon .. 123 | Echidnide nce O07 ate ee
ecto-cuneiform bone oe xvi.
Dactylopsila 24, 32 | Edentata ... 60
Dasypodide .. Xli. | Elephants... a. Ayr pare ey
Dasyures ... ave 7,18 | Hlephants, Sea ... vee oles
Dasyuride ve See .. 7 Hlsey’s Jerboa-Rat 116
Dasyurine 50; aes ... 9] Emballonuride ... 95
Dasyurus... ... 15 | Emballonurine ... soe +. 98
decumanus (Mus)... 103, 108 | ento-cuneiform bone xvi,
Deer ix., 61 | epidermis ... uy i. es)
*delicatulus (Mus) .-, 109 | epipubic bones... es xv., 4

134 INDEX.
PAGE PAGE
Eucalypti ... ae 114 | geoffroyi (Dasyurus) 15
eugenii (Macropus) 52 | geoffroyi (Nyctophilus) 87
Eutheria .. : 60, ey Giant Rat abe 121
Eutherian Mammals giganteus (Macropus) ie ey)
extensor muscle was “ wee 53 var. fuliginosus
eye-tooth ... oc eles s00! 4 2% (Macropus) ...
os var. melanops
fasciata (Perameles) 21 (Macropus)... 60
fasciatus (Lagostrophus) 44.| *gigas (Megaderma) ... At 86
x (Myrmecobius) ... 8} gilberti (Potorous) 39, 40
Fawn-colored Horseshoe Bat... 84 | Gilbert’s Rat-Kangaroo . 39
Ne Jerboa-Rat .. 120 | girdle, pelvic Aes Je skXWe
femur Exige xvill 5, shoulder “esi,
Ferrugineifrons (Sminthopsis) ... 11] gladiator (Orca)... Rr)
fibula xv., Xvl. | Globicephalus . 14
Field Mouse, Common .. ... 109 | Golden Bandicoot «v23
Fissipedia sed ... 122 | Golden Mole, South a . 115
flavipes (Phascologale)... 13 | Gorilla... Se) Ol
flaviventris (‘'aphozous) 96 | gouldi (Chalinoiobus) .. ae hl
Biying-Fox,: Collared ... bag teh) » (Mus) 107, 108
55 Dusky ... see 19h 20s Ceteropus) 78, 79
S Gould’s... ... 79 | gouldi (Nyctophilus) -20 8%
s Gray-headed ... 78] Gould’s Bat “8 91
Spectacled Seon 20) » Flying-Fox 79
Flying-Foxes fee 160, (G1 7. » Rat a 107
Flying Opossum, Greater 31 | gracilis (Dasyurus) 17
a Lesser 32 Gray Cuscus ; oe Teac
5 Pigmy ... 86 | Gray-headed Flying-Fox 78
op Squirrel- like 34 grayt (Bettongia) oC 119
x Yellow-bellied 33 | grayi (Mesoplodon) 72
Flying Squirrels ... , ... 1x. | Grayish-white Mouse .., 108
fetida (Phoca) ... 129 | Gray’s White-footed Rat 107
Foot ...Xvi. | Great Blood-sucking Bat we 386
foramen, obturator _. xv. | Greater Brush-tailed Pouched
Forest Bat, Eastern vee 94 Mouse at 12
forsteri (Arctocephalus) Sop 0h ne Flying Opossum 31
a (Delphinus) 75 Fe Horseshoe Bat 83
Forster’s Dolphin ... 75 | Great-footed Bat 93
Fox .. 122 | Gressigrada 126
Freckled Pouched Mouse 14 | greyi (Macropus) 56
frenata (Onychogale) 47 . us) . 108
Fruit-Bat, Little Siiieee. Coenen 292
br Pallas’ 81 | Grey’s Bat iS8 . 92
Fruit-eating Bats 77 a Rat se . 108
*fuliginosus (Macropus) 59 » Wallaby .. : . 56
a) ... 28] *griseocceruleus (Mus)... 10
fuliginosus (Hydromys) .. .. 102 | gunni (Perameles) ; 21, 22
ap (Sminthopsis) 10 | Gymnobelideus ... bon 24, 34
fulvifasciatus (Delphinus) ... 75
fulvolavatus ee) ... 102 | Hairy-nosed Wombat ... Jul 20
fuscipes (Mus) . ... 104 | Halicore ... ane 62, 63
*fuscus (Mastacomys) . .. 120 | hallucatus (Dasyarus)... 7 ls
hallua x Sac Py eSvale
*cadamu (Sotalia) 77 | Hapalotis .. oe LOFTS
gaimardi (Bettongia) ... 42 | Hare- -Wallaby, Banded 44
Gaimard’s Rat-Kangaroo £5 142 35 Common soe taio
Gammarus ids .. 129 55 Leichhardt’s ... 46

INDEX. 135

PAGE PAGE

Hare-Wallaby, Rufous... .. 45 | Jerboa-Rat, White-footed 114

Spectacled .., 46 es Wapee 116

hargravii (Taphozous) ... 96 | Jerboas 114

Harpyia ... 81 | johnstonii (Trichosurus)... 28
Hedgehogs 61

*hemileucurus (Conilurus) 116 | Kangaroo... 59

herbertensis (Pseudochirus) ... 30 ne Antilopine 59

Herbert River Opossum 30 a Black-faced .. 60

heterodont dentition Xa es Broad-faced Rat- 39

Hipposiderine ... 83 or Brush-tailed Rat- 42

Hipposiderus 84. or Common Rat- 40

hirsutus (Conilurus) a lyf ee Gaimard’s Rat- 42

*hirsutus (Lagorchestes) 45 Me Gilbert’s Rat- 39

hoffmanni (Cholepus) xil. oO Isabelline 58

homodont dentition X. 9% Lesueur’s Rat- 41

Horse See xv., 61 > Owen’s 57

Horse-shoe Bat, Brown . 85 rf Plain Rat- .. 40

a Fawn-colored.. 84 Ss Queensland Tree- ... 44

oe Greater 83 PA Red ... re ace 38

s Orange 84. a Rufous-tailed Rat- ... 43

humerus : seoXtlle “a Tasmanian ... a5

Humpback ‘Whale 67 a Tasmanian Rat- 41

huttoni (Balenoptera)... 68 | Kangaroos 43

Hydromyine : ... 100 | Kerivoula 93

Hydromys si6%, 100, 102,103 | Killer... 73

Hyperoédon we 70, 71 | *kingi (Delphinapterus) 73

Hypsiprymnodon * ... 38] knee-cap ... xvi.

Eesti unedbatine ise 38 | Kogia 70

Hyrax is Soo, bis || Mors Boe ix., 26

kreffti (Vesperugo) 89

ilium xv. | Krefft’s Bat cee 89

incisors pease us Jerboa-Rat 118

index seeXiVe - Pouched Mouse 14
Inia Bas . 64

imnominatum, os . .. xv. | Lagorchestes 45

inornata (Petrogale) . 49 | Lagostrophus 43

Insectivora : . 61 | lagotis (Peragale) “21, 24, 119

Insectivores .. x. | laniarius (Sarcophilus) . 18

insignis (Taphozous) 96, 97 | laniger (A ntechinomys) 9

interclavicle .- 1 | lanuginosus (Pseudochirus) 30

irma (Macropus) 51, 54 | lateralis (Petrogale) 49

Isabelline Kangaroo .. 58 | latifrons (Phascolomys) 25

*isabellinus (Macropus) 57, 58 | lawest (Echidna)... 3, 4

ischium ae F .. Xv. | layardi (Mesoplodon) ao, th

*leadbeateri (Gymnobelideus)... 35

Jerboa Pouched Mouse... 9 | Leadbeater’s Opossum... 35

Jerboa-Rat, Black-tailed 117 | Leaf-nosed Bats... 82

- Bower’s ... 116 | Leche’s Bat ae 96

a Elsey’s LLG » White-striped Bat 98

- Fawn-colored .. 120 | leg. Ave

x Krefft’s 118 leichhardti ‘(Lagorchestes) 46

on Long-haired 117 | Leichhardt’s Hare-Wallaby ... 46

5 Long-tailed 119 | lemuroides (Pseudochirus) 31

7 Mitchell’s... 119 | Lemurs... 61

FF Mouse-like 118 | Leopard, Sea... of . 129

a Nest-building 118 | *lepida (Dromicia) .. 36

% Peters’ . 115 | leporoides (Lagorchestes) 45

»

136 INDEX,

PAGE PAGE
leptonyx (Ogmorhinus) . 129 | maculata (Phascologale)... Sieh
Lesser Brush-tailed Pouched maculatus (Dasyurus)... 17, 18

Mouse 56 soci 4 a ae 27, 62
Lesser Dormouse-Opossum 36 | magnum Bap abby
» Flying Opossum .. 382 | *magnus (Macropus) 57
*lesueuri (Bettongia) ... 41, 42 | major (Macropus) weneg
Lesueur’s Rat-Kangaroo 41 | Mammalia ob .. 104
leucas (Delphinapterus) 73 | Mammals, Eutheri ian 60, 61
leucogaster ee 5s} 53 Metatherian ... 4, 60
leucogaster (Hydromys) .. ao JKGHT ay Prototherian... oe
*leucopus (Mus) ... 111 | Man ; xii., xiii.
% (Sminthopsis) — » LL | Manatee ... : B50 Sat
leucura (Echinothriz) ... 121 | Manatees ... ar noc 61, 68
*leucura (Peragale) .. 23| Manatus ... j .. 62
leucurus (Echiothria) ... 121 | manicatus (Mus) 105
limb, anterior ..xili. | Manide A Xs) kb
» posterior “ae ... XV. | manus... i), OSL ove
limbs i : oe: ... ix. | marginata (Neobalena) 67
lineolatus (Mus)... .. 105 | Marsupial Anteater... a8
Lion maa Oil tp Mole... ae 5, 115
Lion, Australian ‘Sea ... 126 | marsupial bones ... eee Xv., 4
Little Bat a 88 | Marsupialia ae 506 Ad: |
rp, Leathe Bat... 81 | Marsupials... x., xil., xili., ee Xvi.,
» Pouched Mouse ne prea} ; 4 60
peat .. 108 | Marsupials, Mesozoic Potypete
» Rock- Wallaby F su 48 dont . ; &
*lobatus (7alcohiey, 125, 126, 127 | Mar. supiata 114
Long-eared Bat, Australian ... 87 | Marsupium Ee
», haired Jerboa-Rat so tla) Massive-toothed Whale. val
», haired Rat ... 106 | Mastacomys 120
»» nosed Bandicoot... 22 | medius xiv.
», snouted Pouched Mouse.. 37 | Meduse 65
» tailed Jerboa-Rat alg Megachiroptera... 77
toothed Whale ... ... 71 | Megaderma 85
Long- -tailed Pangolin Fgh als Mesadermine : 85
longicaudata (Manis) Pej peli megaphyllus (Rhinclophus) 83
longicaudatus (Conilurus) —... 119 ; Megaptera di 67
longipilis (Mus) ... 106 | melanops (Macropus) . 60
lumbar vertebre .. ... xii. | melas (Globicephalus)... 74
lumholtzi (Dendrolagus) 44 | meso-cuneiform bone sive
lunata Sega hed 47 | Mesoplodon Ses ye Per is
lunar bone A xiv. | mesosternum er xiii
Lupine Carnivores 122 | metacarpus 5) EE 1G Lee
Lycaon ... : 122 | metatarsus . Xvi.
lyra (Megaderma) 86 | Metatheria 4, 114
Mice ae Mn Mes: . 103
macrocephalus Ce tae 69 | Mice Pouched : 2?! ... oem
Macroglossi 80 | Microchiroptera : 82
Macroglossus 81 | microdon (Chalinolobus) 90
‘Macropodide xii, 88 | microtis (Nyctophilus) . 88
Macropodine 43 | *minima ears el aos
Macropus : 51 | minimus ... 585 500 Xiv.
macropus (Uromys) 121 | Miniopterus 94
Macrorhinus : 128 | minor (Petauroides) .. ia oe
*macrura (Perameles) ... 22 | minutissima (Phascologale) 12, 18
*macrurus (Conilurus)... 115 | mitchelli (Conilurus) ... fel)
macrurus (Sminthopsis) ... vie LO rf (Phascolomys) ia 25

INDEX 137

PAGE PAGE

Mitchell’s Jerboa-Rat ... 119 | Narwhal . A x., 61
Molars ... ete .. xX, | nasuta (Perameles) 21, 22
Mole, Marsupial _ 5, 115 | Native Bear Fee 26
» South African Golden ise LD » Cat, Black- tailed 15
a Water -f'... 51 DOD ei % Cat, Common ... 16
Mole te wee th fd ERS 3 Cat, North- Australian... 15
Moles ais 61 » Cat, Slender... Bena d Wy
Molossinz 97 rs Cat, Spotted-tailed 17
Monachus... 125 a Cats a scot PH LOD LS
Monkeys ... ix.,61 op DYoy 123
Monodelphia i Porcupine Sue AOL
Monotremata Native Rabbit 114
Monotremes TBs | XV.» 6, ", to navicular bone ... xvi.
morio (Chalinolobus) . he Nest-building J erboa-Rat 118
moschatus (Hypsiprymnodon) 5 38 New Zealand. Dolphin ... soon 10)
Mouse, Common Field... ... 109 | nigrogriseus (Chalinolobus) ... 91
» Common Pouched 10 | *norfolcensis (Nyctonomus) 99

» Freckled Pouched 14 | Norfolk Island Bat see 99

» Grayish-white .. ... 108 | North-Australian Bandicoot . 22

» Greater Brush-tailed
Pouched cane de
» Jerboa Pouched natant’)

o Krefft’s Pouched 14
55 Lesser Brush-tailed
Pouched : sete lee
» Little Pouched.. 13
» Long-snouted Pouched 37
35 Pigmy ... uae . 109
Hf Pigmy Pouched 12

», Striped-faced Pouched.. 11
r Swainson’s Pouched ... 14
» Thick-tailed Pouched... 10
» White-bellied Pouched.. 13
» White-footed Pouched., 11
» Wooly Pouched 9

Yellow-footed Pouched 13

Mouse-like Jerboa-Rat.. sce wilfs!
Muride do 100, 102
murina (Sminthopsis) sie LO
Murine ... .. 103
murinus (Conilurus) 4 NSS
murinus (Potorous) 40
Mus 102,103,110,112, 113, 114, 120, 121
musculus (Mus) . 103, 109
Musk-Ox ... be cee
Musk Rat, ‘Australian . 38
Mustelide.. : 15
Myogale ... : vs Sao EX:
*myoides (Xer omys) .. 102
Myrmecobius 4 2 8,
Myrmecobiine ... “as

Myrmecophagide... oa a
Mystacoceti "64, 65
Nail-tailed Wallaby 48
nana (Dromicia) 36
*nanus (Mus) ... . 108

Native Cat... 15

notatus (Petawrus) on see) eee
Notoryctes add oe 6, 7, 115
Notoryctidee é ies es
*nove-hollandize (Mus) 109
nove-zealandize (Delphinus) ... 75
nove-zealandic (Megaptera) 68
Nycteride aoe 85
Nyctonomus 97
Nyctophilus Bee Ou
obesula (Perameles) ... 21, 23
obturator foramen SESLEA YS
*occidentalis (Pseudochirus) noce waX0)
ocydromus (Macropus) . 59
ogilbyi (Bettongia) 43
Ogmorhinus 129
Onychogale 47
Oota ‘ wae 2400
opisthocelous vertebra ae gee Xde
Opossum, Archer’s 29
ay Common . 28
} Common Dormouse.. 36
Hs Common Ring- tailed 30
¥ Greater Flying Lay ll
es Herbert River 30
ES Leadbeater’s 35
> Lesser Flying 32
5 Lesser Dormouse 36
fe Pigmy Flying 36
Le Short-eared .. 28
A Squirrel-like Flying 34
PA Sombre F 31
55 Striped 32
33 Tasmanian .., 28
Fs Tasmanian Ring-tailed 29
3 Western Ringtailed.. 30
a Western Dormouse... 35

a Yellow-bellied Flying 33

138 INDEX.

PAGE PAGE
Opossums, Australian ... 27 | Phyllorrhina eke 83, 84
Opossums ... ine nD ix., x. | Physeter ... 3 Oo
5 American : ... 1x. | Physeteride 69
UE HD. “cane nC .. 4] Physeterine ... 69
Orange Horseshoe Bat... .. 84] picatus (Scotophilus) . 91
Orca "a6 65, 73 | Pied Bat... 91
orientalis (Phalanger) oer .. 4] Pigmy Flying Opossum 36
Ornithodelphia ia’ 1, 60 » Mouse 109
Ornithorhynchide ae Jae pate. », Pouched- Mouse... 12
Ornithorhynchus ee SOROS » Right Whale ; 67
os innominatum .. 3 xv. | Pig-footed Bandicoot ... ee)
Otariide ... res 126, ae Pilot Whale «ea
owent (Echidna) ... : Pinnipedia 60, 125
Owen’s Kangaroo 57 pisiform bone . Xiv.
Placentalia 60
*pachyurus (Mus) 112 | Plain-colored Rock- Wallaby . 49
Pademelon : 52 | Plain Rat a | 105
Pallas’ Fruit Bat. 81 » kat- Kangaroo 40
Pangolin, Long-tailed xii. | *planifrons (yperrgan) 71
EIS OTE : ou X., Xl. | plantigrade ie xv
*papuensis ( (Kerivoula) 94 | Platanista 69
Papwuina 17 | platyops (Potorous) 39
parma (Macropus) 52 | Platypus ... seagligpe
parryi (Macropus) 55 | Platypus, Duck-billed .. ate? ee
Parry’s Wty .. 55] Plecotus nip ‘eee,
patella .. Xvi. | Plicated Bat 98
pelvis aise .. Xv. | *plicatus (Nyctonomus) 98
peaiailata (Bettongia)... 42, 43 | Podabrus ... 10
es (Petrogale)... . 50] poliocephalus (Pteropus) 78
a (Phascologale) . 12 | pollex mae xiv.
penicillatus (Conilurus) 117 Polyprotodontia.... : . 4,6
Peragale ... 23 | Porcupine, Native a0 oo 8!
Perameles 20 | Porcupines 61
Peramelidee : xlil., a "7, 19 | Porpoises ... 65
peregrinus (Pseudochirus) 30 | posterior limb 5 2%
Pericheta . se 17 | Potoroine 39
personatus ‘(Conilurus) 118 | Potorous.. 5 39
pes.. xv. | Pouched- Mouse, Common 10
Petaurista... 31 Fe Freckled 14

Petauroides Aor 24, 31 i Greater Brush-
Petaurus . . 24, 38, 34 tailed 12
Peters’ Bat 0, eae 09: Pe Jerboa pee)
», Jerboa- Rat . 115 38 Krefft’s 14

*petersi (Nyctonomius)... 99 35 Lesser Brush-
Petrogale... .. 48 tailed 12
Phalanger 4, 24, 27 is Little... 13
Phalangerids 25 a Long-snouted. 37
Phalangerine ... aes 27 x Pigmy os SLD,
phalanges ... sh epee exvile 35 Striped-faced.. 11
phalangigrade ae XV. x Swainson’s ... 14
Phascolarctine ... 26 x Thick-tailed... 10
Phascolarctus Bone 240) e White-bellied. 13
Phascologale it 4, 6,11 Fs White-footed.. 11
Phascolomyide ... sal 824: ae Wooly a!
Phascolomys a an Pa a Yellow-footed.. 13
Phascolotherium ... ee ... 8] Pouched Mice ... : a wee
Phocide ... 128 | premolars ... Sa nee ban, ao

INDEX. 139

PAGE PAGE

presternum xiii. | Rat, White-footed 105
primevus (Cyon)... 123 | ,, White-tailed 110
Primates ... ae Acc 61 | Rat-Kangaroo, Broad-faced ... 39
Proechidna oes AOC eae iL os Brush-tailed ... 42
Prototheria funy Ix G RS Common 40
Prototherian Mammals ... as a Gaimard’s 42
Pseudochirus 24, 29 ie Gilbert’s 39
Pseudorca ye 18 P Lesueur’s 41
Pteromys ... 31 i Plain .. 40
Pteropodide 77 ae Rufous 43
Pteropine Bats 78 on Tasmanian 41
Pteropus.. 77 | Rat-Kangaroos ... shes Hoe
pubis wes xv. | Rats ed Shc 61, 103
pumilus (Vesperugo) os 88 | Rats, Australian Water .. ail
pygmeus (Acrobates) ... 36 | Red Kangaroo ... 58
Red-legged Wallaby 53

Quadrangular-tailed Rat ... 118 | Red-necked Wallaby .. noo
Quadrumana ‘ Hol 3 Wallaby, Tasmanian 56
Queensland Serub- Wallaby 57 | Rein-Deer... ie aor oe Gl
on Tree-Kangaroo 44 | Reptigrada ; 128
Rhinoceroses ae aes sao) BSS

Rabbit-Bandicoot,Common ... 24} Rhinolophide 82
ne White-tailed 23 | Rhinolophine 82

Rabbit, Native ee . 114 | Rhinolophus 82
Rabbits ; 61 | Rhinonycteris 83
radial sesamoid bones ..Xiv. | Rhododendron 17
vadws ... oe ... Xlil. | Rhytina 62
ramsayt (Behidna) See ... 3] Ribs, false... xiil.
Rat sy ae Vili.| ,, floating xiii.
Rat, Allied ae 105 | ,, sternal Xili.
» Australian Musk . 38 Bue Liteenen. ee Xili.
» Blue ets 110 | Right Whale, Pigmy fit 67
ss Broad-toothed 120 a Southern 66
» Bufi-footed 121 | Ringed Seal 55 lr48)
» Burton’s 107 | Ring-tailed Opossum, Common.. 30
», Chestnut- colored .. 112 93 Opossum, Tasmanian 29
» Dusky-footed 104 Opossum, Western.. 30
» Hastern Water 101 | robustus (Macropus) 58
5 Giant 121 | Rock-Rabbit * Lexis
aa OULAIS) |. os 107 | Rock-Wallaby, Brush- tailed . 50
- Gray’ s White-footed 107 33 Little ... 48
» Grey’s 108 wa Plain-colored... 49
» Little 108 - Short-eared 49
» Long-haired 106 in West Australian 49
» Plain 105 An Yellow-footed.. 50
Es Quadrangular-tailed 113 | Rodentia .. 61, 99, 100, 104
» Short-tailed 111 | Rodents ... ee Exe
»» Simson’s 111 | rostrata (Balenopter a) . bc Back? (ste!
» Sordid 106 | rostratus (Tarsipes) . 37
» Swan’s AS 111 | rueppelli (Scotophilus) | 92
» Tasmanian Water 112 | rufescens (Eipyprymnuus) 43
» Tawny 104 | ruficollis (Macropus) 56
»» Thick- tailed 112 * var. bennetti (Macropus) 56
3 ‘chomas’ 102 | Rufous-bellied Wallaby 51
», ‘Tlompson’s ... 109 53 Hare-Wallaby ... 45
» Velvet-furred 106 » Rat Kangaroo... 43
» Western Water 102 | rufus (Macropus) 58

140 INDEX.
PAGE PAGE
rufus (Dendrolagus) ... ... 45} Sombre Opossum as So!
3, (Potorous)... she 40 | Sordid Rat ae con +» 106
Ruminants 8 at ... x. | sordidus (Mus) ... As 106
Riippell’s Bat 92 | Soricide ... “68 Ser “os EWe
Sotalia AK set Ge
sacral vertebre xii. | Southern Bottlenose ... GT
sacrum XV. ye Bottlenose Whale ... 71
Sarcophiius 18 5 Right Whale 66
scaphoid done xiv. e (White?) Whale ... 73
scapula... oe xii. | Spectacled Flying-Fox «se 80
scapulatus (Pteropus) xt 80 93 Hare Wallaby ... 46
Schreibers’ Bat . sed 94 | speleus (Thylacinus) . Ag
*schreibersi, (Miniopterus) 94, 95 | Sperm Whale ... s08 «s« (69
sciureus (Petaurus) 34 a Short-headed ... 70
Scotophilus aie ne ... 91 | Sperm Whales ae » 65
Serub Wallaby ... 56 | Spotted Cuscus . bes em
is yy Common . 57 | Spotted-tailed Native Cat veil
55 Queensland ... 57 | Squirrel-like Flying- gayi 34
Sea Bear, Australian ... 127 | Squirrels, Flying... 56 re
» Hlephants .. 128 | Stenorhynchus .,.. 129
» Leopard ... 129 | sternal ribs sis ee xiii,
+ Lion 5 mee ... 126 | sternum ... Ps xi.
Seal Ae 61 | stigmaticus (Macropus) . 53
Seals TS Ayr, GO! 65, 125 Striped- faced Pouched Mouse... 11
» Hared . 126 eA Opossum wae Ree a
» Harless . 128 | structures, tegumentary ... ix.
Seal, Bearded .. 129 | subplantigrade ... aes ‘ee We
» Ringed ... 129 | Sulphur-bottom ... 68
sesamoid bones ...Xiv. | swainsoni (Phascologale) 14
setosa (Hchidna) ... .. 3, 4| Swainson’s Pouched Mouse 14
Sharp-nosed Bat ... 96] Swan’s Rat 111
Sheep ae gag ... OL | Swine . Ne 61
Short-eared Opossum ssi 28 | system, dental ... cia teal

» eared Rock-Wallaby ... 49

» headed Sperm Whale ... 70 | tabernaculi (Halicore) 63
», nosed Bandicoot .. .. 2 | taal ies ah are Leis
» tailed Rat.. Ms .. 111 | Talpide xv.
tailed Wallaby ... 51 | *tamarensis (Mus) 112, 113
shoulder- -girdle sé ... xiii. | Taphozous 95, 97
Shrews 61 | Tapir 61
*sionifer (Chalinolobus) ... 90) Tarsipedins 37
simsoni (Mus) «os LD | Barsipes :.. 26, 37
Simson’s Rat sis ... L11 | tarsus xwle
Sirenia xvi., 60, 61, 62 | Tasmanian Devil 18, 125
Sirenians ... xv., 62 oh Kangaroo ... Batt
skeleton ... les wae Bee tipo, 33 Opossum 28
BS appendicular . soos atk. or Rat-Kangaroo 41
skull be eas ¥: Red-necked Wallaby 56
Slender Native Cat ile es Ring-tailed Opossum 29
Sloths 5 .. 60 ee Striped Bandicoot.. 22
Sloth, Three- £060. epexalits > Water Rat... .. 112
>» Lwo-toed . peexell ss Wolf 19
Small-footed Bat 93 = Wombat ee 15)
>» toothed Bat a 90 | Tawny Rat ute ... LO4
», toothed Whale ... 72 | tegumentary structures ... Feet Lie

Sminthopsis oes ee Se 9
Sminthus .,. oS .. LOO

i agyen
493

terre-reginz (Mus)
*tetragonurus (Mus)

INDEX. 141
PAGE PAGE
thetidis (Macropus) ... 52] Wallaby, Branded 53
Thick-tailed Pouched Mouse... 10 ry. Bridled 3: wien AT
Rat 4 uf ly? re Brush-tailed Rock- oeto)
thigh see : Be Ayo iS Cape York i be
Thomas’ Rat . 102 i, Common Hare- 45
Thooid Carnivores 122, 123 ¥ Common Serub 57
thoracic vertebre .. 4 pally P Crescent 47
thorbeckiana (Phascologaie) 15 oF Grey’s =e. OO
Three-toed Sloth . Agar - Leichhardt’s “Hare-... 46
Thylacine ae 7 a Little Rock-.. .. 48
Thylacinus Key ee ie 18, 19 5 Nail-tailed 48
Thylacoleo . 124 39 Parry’s ae KOO
tibia e Sek abo Bae > Plain-colored Rock-.. 49
Tiger, Marsupial... > » Queensland Scrub ... 57
timoriensis (Nyctophilus) 87 Red-legged ... 53
titan (Macropus)... Wee 125 D Red-necked ... 56
*tompsoni (Mus) 109 9 Rufous-bellied 51
Tompson’s Rat ... 109 5 Rufous Hare- 45
Tortoises ... ore x. a Scrub.. 56
trapezium .. Xiv. _ Seont-caccd Bock- \. 49
trapezoid . Xiv. oS Short-tailed . 51
Tree-Kangaroo, Queensland w. 44 Py Spectacled Hare- 4.6
Trichosurus : F 24, 27 39 Tasmanian Red-necked 56
tridactylus (Potorous)... . 40 25 WestAustralian Rock- 49
tridactylus (Bradypus) . be 2k 5s White-throated 52
trivirgata (Dactylopsila) 32, 62 Yellow-footed Rock... 50
True Opossums ie 4 Wallaroo .. sou ie:
tuberculatus (Chalinolobus) . 90) Walrus 61
Tula . aad 29 | Walruses... ‘60, 125, 126
Tursio 76 | Warrigal 123, 124, =
Tursiops ... 76 | Water-Mole ac dc
Two-toed Sloth Bs xii. | Water Rat, Eastern ae
typhlops (Notoryctes) .. 5 Sar at. % Tasmanian . 112
vs Western .. .. 102
ulna oo x1 Wate nate Australian.. 61
ulna sesamoid bones Xiv.| Weasel ... 61
unciform bone XIV. | West Australian Rock ‘Wallaby 49
ungual phalanges... XlV. | Western Dormouse Opossum... 35
Ungulata... x1., 61 x Ring-tailed Opossum.. 30
Ungulates... xil. » Striped Bandicoot ... 21
unguligrade “ Xv. Water Rat 102
unicolor (Nyctophilus 87 Whale, Ca’ing ... 74,
Uromys ... 121 » Hump-back 67
Uronycteris 80 » Long-toothed ... 71
*variabilis (Mus) ay ee Lenco atl ad 71
vellerosus (Mus)... 104 » Pigmy Right . 67
*velutinus (Mus) 106} » Hea eee va
virgini = - 55 mall-toothe
pretnae, (Sunintbopels) ae Fy Southern Bottlenose seas
*walkeri Sea tome wa 87 » Southern Right 66
Walker’s Bat... es 87 Southern ee ?) 73
Wallabies ves 43 Whale-bone ae 65, 66
Wallaby, Agile .. fo 54 33 Whales xili., 65
7 Banded Hare- 44.| Whales ix., xlii., xv., 60, 65
Bs Black-gloved 54 » Baleen re Terk
a Black-striped 55 » Sperm 61, 65
s Black-tailed ... 57 » Whalebone Xlil., 65

142 INDEX.

PAGE PAGE
White Bear See ... 61! Wombat, Common Australian... 25
White-bellied Pouched Mousee 13 nA Hairy-nosed .. 25
» footed Pouched Mouse... 11 Tasmanian sop
» tooted Rat a 105 Woolly Pouched-Mouse iArng,

» footed Rat, Gray’s so MG7/
» footed Jerboa-Rat - 114 | xanthopus (Petrogale) ... -. BO
» striped Bat BY 98 Xeromys 102
», striped Bat, Leche’s 98 wiphisternum, ati
» tailed Rabbit-Bandicoot 23 Lage i

», tailed Rat Aa jos HINO)
» throated Wallaby a 52||. X@p-pl %.. ooo . dl
tipped Jerboa- Rat 116 Yellow- bellied Bat Sane 96
ileoxi (Macropus) 53 », bellied Flying-Opossum 33
williamsoni (Arctocephalus) . 127 » bellied Rock-Wallaby... 50
Wolf ae 61, 122 » footed Pouched Mouse.. 13
» Marsupial ... abc sia oXs » headed Bat . 89

Wolf, Tasmanian Bob we 19
Wolves... Ses a6 ... xX. | Zalophus... ... 126
Wombat ... aoe dc ... ix. | Zeuglodons 65
Wombats... 24} Ziphiine .. 70

: F, W. WHITE, PRINTER, |

MARKET STREET, SYDNEY.

PUBLICATIONS OF THE AUSTRALIAN MUSEUM.

DECEMBER, 1892.

I.—CATALOGUES.
CATALOGUE OF THE SvEcIMENS OF NaTurAL History AND MISCELLANEOUS CURIOSITIES
IN THE AUSTRALIAN Museum, by G. Bennett. 1837. 8vo. pp. 71. (Out of print.)

CATALOGUE OF Mamaia IN THE COLLECTION oF THE AUSTRALIAN Musevuy, by G. Krefft.
1864. 12mo. pp. 133. (Out of print.)

‘CATALOGUE OF THE MINERALS AND Rocks IN THE COLLECTION OF THE AUSTRALIAN
_ Muszum, by G. Krefft. 1873. 8vo. pp. xvii-115. (Out of print.)

CATALOGUE OF THE AUSTRALIAN BirDS IN THE AUSTRALIAN MoseEvm, by E. P. Ramsay.
Part I. Accipitres. 1876. 8vo. pp. viii-64. Boards, 2s.; cloth, 3s.

Part II. Striges. 1890. 8vo. pp. 35. Wrapper, 1s. 6d.

Part III. Psittaci. 1891. 8vo. pp. vili.-110. Wrapper, 5s.

CATALOGUE OF THE AUSTRALIAN STALK AND SEsSILE-EYED CrusTacga, by W. A. Haswell.
1882. 8vo. pp. xxiv.-324, with 4 plates. (Scarce) Wrapper, 21s.

CATALOGUE OF THE LIBRARY OF THE AUSTRALIAN Museum. 1883. 8vo. pp. 178. Wrapper,
ls. 6d., with two supplements. (Out of print.)

CaTaLogun or A CoLLECTION or FossILs IN THE AUSTRALIAN Museum, witH INTRODUC-
Tory Norss, by F. Ratte. 1883. 8vo. pp. xxviii-160. Wrapper, 2s. 6d.

CATALOGUE OF THE AUSTRALIAN Hyproip ZoopHyTEs, by W. M. Bale. 1884. 8vo
pp. 198, with 19 plates. Wrapper, 3s. 6d. ;

- Descriprive CATALOGUE OF THE GENERAL COLLECTION OF MinERALS IN THE AUSTRALIAN
Museum, by F. Ratte. 1885. 8vo. pp. 221, with a plate. Boards, 2s.6d.; cloth, 3s.6d.

2nd Edit., 1890.

_ Descriptive CATALOGUE OF THE MEDUS# OF .HE Austratian Sas. Part I. Scypho-
meduse. Part II. Hydromeduse, by R. von Bendenfeld. 1887. 8vo. pp. 32 and 49,
(Withdrawn from sale.)

Descriptive CATALOGUE OF THE Nests AND Eaas OF AUSTRALIAN Birps, by A. J. North.
1889. 8vo. pp. iv. v.-407, with 21 plates. Wrapper, 12s. 6d. Coloured plates, £2 5s.

Descriptive CATALOGUE OF THE SPONGES IN THE AUSTRALIAN Muszum, by R. von
Lendenfeld, 1888. 8vo. pp. xiv.—260, with 12 plates. Boards, 7s. 6d.; cloth, 10s. 6d.

CATALOGUE OF THE FisuEs IN THE AUSTRALIAN Museum. Part I. Paleichthyan Fishes,
by J. Douglas Ogilby. 1888. 8vo. pp. 34. Wrapper, 2s. 6d.; boards, 3s. 6d.

CATALOGUE OF THE Marine Snetis or AUSTRALIA AND TasmaniA, by J. Brazier.
Part I. Cephalopoda, 1892. 8vo. pp. 20. Paper, 2s. 6d.
Part Il. Pteropoda, 1892. 8vo. pp. 22. Paper, 2s. 6d.

, CATALOGUE OF AUSTRALIAN Mamma .s, with Introductory Notes on General Mammalogy,
by J. D. O gilby, 1892. 8vo. pp. xvi.-144. Wrapper, 3s. 6d.

IIl.—_MOGNOGRAPHS.
_ AusTRALIAN LEPIDOPTERA AND THEIR TRANSFORMATIONS, by the late A. W. Scott, with
Illustrations by his daughters, Mrs. Morgan and Mrs. Forde. Edited and revised by
A. §, Olliff and Mrs. Forde. Vol.II., Parts],2 & 3. Wrappers, 15s. each.

TII.—MEMOIRS.

. History AND DESCRIPTION OF THE SKELETON OF A NEW SPERM WHALE IN THE

Ausrrauian Museum, by W. S. Wall. 1851. 8vo. pp. 66, with plates. Reprint
1887. Wrappers, 2s. 6d.

. Lorp Howse Istanp, rvs ZooLoey, GroLogy, AND PuysIcaL CHARACTERS. 1889. 8yo.
Pp: viii.-132 with 10 plates. Boards, 7s. 6d.; cloth, 10s. 6d

|
|

5

Publications of the Australian Museum.—Conrivzp.

IV.—GUIDES.

1 GurpE TO THE AUSTRALIAN FossiLn REMAINS IN THE AUSTRALIAN Museum. 1870.
(Out of print.)

2. GUIDE TO THE CONTENTS OF THE AUSTRALIAN Musrum. ‘1883. 8vo. pp. iv.t
Wrapper, 3d. (Out of print.)

3. GUIDE TO THE CONTENTS OF THE AUSTRALIAN Musreum. 1890. 8vo. pp.
Wrapper.

V.—MISCELLANEOUS PUBLICATIONS.

1. List or Otp Documents AND RELICS IN THE AUSTRALIAN Musrum. 1884, Reprin'
with additions, 1890. 8vo. pp. 4.

2. DescripTIvE List oF ABORIGINAL WEAPONS IMPLEMENTS &C., FROM THE DARLING
Lacuian Rivers, by K. H. Bennett, F.L.S. 1887. 8vo. pp. 8. (Out of print.) . ~

8. Notrs For CoLLecTors. 1887. S8vo. 1s.

4. HINTS FOR THE COLLECTORS OF GEOLOGICAL AND MINERALOGICAL SPECIMENS, by F. Ratt
pp. 26, with a plate. 6d.

»

5. Hints FoR THE PRESERVATION OF SPECIMENS Of NATURAL History, by E. P. Ramsa|
1891. 4th Edition. pp. 32. Is.

VI.—RECORDS.
Vol. I., March, 1890 to Decr. 1891. 8vo. pp. 202. 30 plates. Boards. Price 25s.
Vol. II., No. 1. April, 1892. 8vo. pp. 22. 3 plates. “Wrappers. Price, 2s. 6d.
» No. 2. -August, ,, 53 fc eP Pols. Aces, is 4 ) 2s. 6d.
yo INO: ca-eeSte, os oD Dal Orie <u ay 3 pus OG.

IN PREPARATION.
CATALOGUE OF THE LIBRARY. Revised and corrected.
CATALOGUE OF SHELLS. Hargraves and General Collections, by J. Brazier. .
CATALOGUES oF RupTies, Lizarps, Barracuia, Fisuzs, &e., by J. D. Ogilby.
CATALOGUE OF Birps. Part IV. Picariz, by E. P. Ramsay. i,
CATALOGUE OF TunIcATA, by Prof. Herdman, Liverpool, Eng.

Recorps, periodically. a

May be obtained from the Attendants at the Museum, or from Messrs. Angu
Robertson, Castlereagh Street, Sydney ; Mr. W. Dymock, George Street, Sydn
Messrs. Turner & Henderson, Hunter Street, Sydney ; Messrs. E. A. Petherick & Co.
‘George Street, Sydney ; Messrs. Melville, Mullen & Slade, Melbourne; ‘Messr
Kegan Paul, Trench, Triibner & Co., Ludgate Hill, London. — a

[Exchanges of Serials, Works, Reports, and other publications are earnestly solicited
behalf of the Museum Library. ] B

Ah

¥

viet

Hoe 5